Quarterlytics / Basic Materials / Gold / Medusa Mining Limited

Medusa Mining Limited

mml · ASX Basic Materials
Claim this profile
Ticker mml
Exchange ASX
Sector Basic Materials
Industry Gold
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · Medusa Mining Limited
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
ANNUAL
REPORT
2020

CONTENTS 

Contents 

Corporate Directory 

Highlights of 2020 Financial Year 

Chairperson’s Review 

Review of Operations 

Corporate Governance 

Directors’ Report 

Auditor’s Independence Declaration 

Contents of Financial Statements 

Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and other Comprehensive Income 

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

Directors’ Declaration 

Independent Auditor’s Report 

Additional Shareholder Information 

Tenement Schedule 

Page number 

1 

2 

4 

6 

43 

53 

76 

77 

78 

79 

80 

81 

82 

121 

122 

126 

129 

 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE DIRECTORY 

DIRECTORS 

Andrew Boon San Teo 
Non-Executive Chairperson 

Roy Philip Daniel 
Non-Executive Director 

Simon Jon Mottram 
Non-Executive Director 

Raul Conde Villanueva 
Executive Director 

COMPANY SECRETARY 

Peter Stanley Alphonso 

EXECUTIVE MANAGEMENT 

Raul Conde Villanueva 
President Philippines subsidiaries 

Patrick Warr 
Chief Financial Officer 

James Pingul Llorca 
General Manager, Geology & Resources 

PRINCIPAL & REGISTERED OFFICE 

Suite A, Level 1 
1 Preston Street 
Como 
Western Australia 6152 

Postal address: 
PO Box 122 
South Perth  
Western Australia 6951 

Telephone: + 618 9474 1330 
Email:         admin@medusamining.com.au 
Website:       www.medusamining.com.au 

AUSTRALIAN BUSINESS NUMBER 

ABN 60 099 377 849 

STOCK EXCHANGE LISTING 

Australian Stock Exchange Limited (ASX) 
Trading Code: MML 

1 

AUDITORS 

Australia: 

BDO (WA) PTY LTD 
38 Station Street 
Subiaco 
West Perth  WA  6008 

Philippines: 

RSB & Associates 
18 Floor Cityland Condominium 10 - Tower 1 
Makati City Philippines 1200 

SOLICITORS  

Australia: 

Ashurst Australia 
Level 10, Brookfield II  
123 St Georges Terrace 
Perth  WA  6000 

Philippines: 

BMD Law Offices 
18 Floor Cityland Condominium 10 - Tower 1 
Makati City Philippines 1200 

BANKERS 

Commonwealth Bank 
150 St George’s Terrace 
Perth  WA  6000 

SHARE REGISTRY 

Computershare Investor Services 
Level 11, Reserve Bank Building 
172 St George’s Terrace 
Perth  WA  6000 

Telephone: + 618 9323 2000 
Facsimile:   + 618 9323 2033 
Investor enquiries: 1300 557 010 

require 

information 
Shareholders  who 
about 
dividend 
their 
payments or related administrative matters 
should  contact 
the  Company’s  share 
registry. 

shareholdings, 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
HIGHLIGHTS OF 2020 FINANCIAL YEAR 

Medusa Mining Limited (“Medusa”or the “Company”), presents its audited financial results for the 
year ended 30 June 2020 (“FY2020”), with a statutory after-tax profit of US$35.4 million. 

FFFYYY222000222000   HHHIIIGGGHHHLLLIIIGGGHHHTTTSSS:::   

EBITDA 

US$61.6M 
  20% 

NPAT 
US$35.4M 
or US$372/oz 

EPS 
US$0.17 
A$0.253/share* 

FFiinnaanncciiaallss  

▪  Revenues of US$147.8 million compared to US$129.3 million for the previous year, 

an increase of 14%; 

▪  Medusa  is  an  unhedged  gold  producer  and  received  an  average  gold  price  of 
US$1,581  per  ounce  from  the  sale  of  95,142  ounces  of  gold  for  the  year  (FY2019: 
102,500 ounces at US$1,259 per ounce) from its Co-O Gold Mine in the Philippines; 

▪  Earnings  before  interest,  tax,  depreciation  and  amortisation  (“EBITDA”)  of  US$61.6 

million (FY2019: EBITDA of US$51.4M); 

▪  Basic  earnings  per  share  (“EPS”)  of  US$0.170  based  on  NPAT  of  US$35.4  million 

(FY2019: EPS of US$0.176); and 

▪  The Company had total cash and cash equivalent in gold on metal account of US$47.1 

million at year end (2019: US$23.4M). 

Description 

Unit 

FY2020 

FY2019 

Variance 

Revenues  

EBITDA  

NPAT  

EPS (basic) 

US$ 

US$ 

US$ 

US$ 

$147.8M 

$129.3M 

$61.6M 

$35.4M 

$0.170 

$51.4M 

$36.5M 

$0.176 

$18.5M 

$10.2M 

($1.1M) 

($0.006) 

(%) 

14% 

20% 

(3%) 

(3%) 

During the period, 

▪  Depreciation  of  fixed  assets  and  amortisation  of  capitalised  mine  development, 
right of use asset and mine exploration was US$21.6 million (FY2019: US$18.8M); 

▪  US$6.5  million  was  expended  on  capital  works  associated  with  the  new  shaft 
construction and infrastructure, mine expansion and sustaining capital at the mine 
and mill (FY2019: US$6.9M); 

▪  Exploration  expenditure,  inclusive  of  underground  diamond  drilling  was  US$5.6 

million (FY2019: US$8.9M); 

▪  Capitalised mine development costs totalled US$23.7 million for the year (FY2019: 

US$27.3M); and 

▪  Corporate overheads of US$7.1 million (FY2019: US$8.7M). 

2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
HIGHLIGHTS OF 2020 FINANCIAL YEAR 

OOppeerraattiioonnss  

Description 

Ore mined 

Ore milled 

Head grade 

Gold recovery 

Gold produced 

Cash costs (*) 

Gold sold 

Unit 

 FY2020 

 FY2019 

Variance 

(%) 

WMT 

DMT 

g/t 

% 

572,666  

606,675  

(34,009) 

513,945  

544,601  

(30,656)  

5.99  

95.30  

6.28  

(0.29) 

94.75  

0.55 

(6%) 

(6%) 

(5%) 

1% 

ounces 

95,057  

103,307  

(8,250)  

(8%) 

US$/oz 

$684 

$546  

($138)  

(25%) 

ounces 

95,142  

102,500  

 (7,358) 

(7%) 

Average gold price received  US$/oz 

$1,581  

$1,259  

$322  

26% 

(*) net of development costs and includes royalties and local business taxes. 

The Company produced 95,057 ounces of gold for the year at the Co-O Mine, compared 
to  103,307  ounces  in  FY2019  at  an  average  recovered  grade  of  5.99  g/t  gold  (FY2019: 
6.28 g/t gold). 

Average  cash  costs  was  US$684  per  ounce,  inclusive  of  royalties  and  local  business 
taxes,  which  was  higher  than  the  previous  year’s  average  cash  costs  of  US$546  per 
ounce, and All-in-Sustaining-Costs (“AISC”) for the year was US$1,132 per ounce of gold 
(FY2019: US$1,045 per ounce). 

FFYY22002211  GGuuiiddaannccee  

The  production  guidance  from  the  C-O  Mine  for  Financial  Year  2021  (“FY2021”)  is 
expected to be between 90,000 ounces to 95,000 ounces at AISC of between US$1,200 
to US$1,250 per ounce of gold produced. 

The slight increase in year-on-year AISC for FY21 has been anticipated, after taking into 
account  the  ongoing  impact  of  COVID-19  restrictions  to  people movement,  logistics  and 
associated costs. 

CCoorrppoorraattee  

Dividend 

No dividends were declared nor paid during the year. 

Board Appointments: 

Mr Simon Mottram was appointed as a Non-Executive Director on 11 June 2020. 

Management changes: 

Mr David McGowan, CEO, ceased employment on 20 July 2020. Non-Executive Chairman Mr 
Andrew Teo assumed the role of Interim CEO. 

3 

 
 
 
CHAIRPERSON’S REVIEW 

Dear Shareholder, 

It  is  my  pleasure  to  present  to  you  the  Annual  Report  for  the  2020  Financial  Year 
(“FY2020”)  following  a  period  of  consistent  performance  at  Medusa  Mining  Limited 
(“Medusa” or the “Company”).  

In FY2020 we met our production guidance by producing 95,057 ounces of gold from our 
Co-O  Mine  in  the  Philippines  after  successfully  navigating  a  number  of  operating 
challenges.  

Through  12  months  of  focus  and  commitment  across  our  team,  we  advanced  our 
strategy  as  a  high-grade,  unhedged,  sustainable  and  self-funding  gold  producer 
focussed on growth in the Asia-Pacific region.  

By the end of FY2020, several milestones supporting this goal were achieved: 

•  Delivering  a  steady  net  profit  after  tax  of  US$35.4  million  at  an  increased  NPAT 

margin of US$372 per ounce; 

•  Cost management saw costs increase slightly ahead of FY2020 guidance with All-

In-Sustaining-Costs of US$1,132 per ounce; 

•  Cash balance more than doubled year-on-year to US$47.1 million; 

•  Ore Reserves at Co-O stood at 332,000 ounces at a grade of 6.27 g/t gold at the 
end  of  calendar  2019  after  accounting  for  annual  mine  depletion  of  104,300 
ounces from a base of 350,000 ounces at the end of 2018; 

•  The  processing  mill  continued  to  be  a  reliable  performer,  achieving  average  gold 

recoveries of 95.3%;  

•  Careful management of the COVID-19 pandemic at the Co-O Mine with no active 

cases recorded at site during the period; 

•  Enhancement  of  our  licence  to  operate  by  continuing  our  high  community  and 

environmental standards; and 

•  Continued  project  evaluation  in  the  Asia  Pacific  region  with  the  goal  of  achieving 

operational diversification. 

Despite  the  overall  consistent  performance  of  the  business  across  during  the  year, 
productivity  and  volume  impacts  were  unavoidable  due  to  the  onset  of  COVID-19 
regional  restrictions.  This  limited  the  movements  of  people  and  supplies  and  saw  the 
temporary interruption of operations for three days in April 2020. 

Underground  development,  mined  ore  and  milled  ore  were  all  impacted  in  the  June 
quarter 2020 compared to the previous three quarters, but our Co-O team has continued 
to perform admirably throughout. 

These  impacts  and  the  ore  depletion  of  areas  higher  in  the  mine  saw  a  number  of 
existing  shafts  and  portals  placed  on  care  and  maintenance  during  the  period.  Mine 
infrastructure has been largely consolidated around the L8 and E15 shafts. 

As  part  of  Medusa’s  strategy  to  ensure  longevity  of  the  Co-O  mine  and  improve 
operational  efficiencies,  in  January  2020  the  Company  completed  a  study  of  the 
preferred option to access deeper areas of the mine below Level 12.  

The study concluded the establishment of a decline would extend mine life and enhance 
operational  and  exploration  flexibility  through  an  investment  of  US$48  million  over  36 
months.  

4 

 
 
 
 
CHAIRPERSON’S REVIEW 

The  Company  commenced  engagement  with  experienced  underground  mining 
contractors about the decline development in the lead up to the impacts of the COVID-19 
pandemic, with the project placed on hold until operating conditions stabilise. 

Drilling within the Co-O Mine continued throughout the period with the aim of expanding 
and extending the Resource and Reserve base of the operation. 

Mineral Resources of 1.27 million ounces and Ore Reserves of 332,000 ounces as at the 
end  of  December  2019  were  released  as  part  of  the  annual  update  in  April  2020.  It 
continues  our  long  record  of  replenishing  the  mine  life  of  Co-O  and  leaves  a  good 
runway for future growth. 

In  June  2020,  Mr  David  McGowan  tendered  his  resignation  as  Chief  Executive  Officer 
(“CEO”) and Mr Simon Mottram joined the Board as a Non-Executive Director.  

Mr  Mottram  is  a  geologist  with  over  25  years’  experience  predominantly  in  base  and 
precious metals. Mr Mottram has held both executive and senior management roles with 
several  successful  mining  companies  both  in  Australia  and  abroad,  including  most 
recently at Avanco Resources which was acquired by OZ Minerals in 2018. 

Mr McGowan left Medusa after three and a half years with the Company and fostered a 
strong culture of operational planning, efficiency and meeting targets which will continue 
into the future. We wish Mr McGowan best wishes for the future.  

As  your  Chairman,  I  also assumed  the role of Interim  CEO  while the  search for  a new 
CEO  is  undertaken,  a  process  which  has  been  delayed  due  to the  inability  to facilitate 
travel  of  potential  candidates  to  the  Philippines.  Therefore  the  process  to  appoint  a 
permanent CEO will continue into FY2021. 

I am confident FY2020 was a period in which we continued to make positive progress on 
the sustainability and strength of the business.  

On  behalf  of  the  Board  and  all  employees,  I  would  like  to  thank  all  our  valued 
shareholders for your continued and ongoing investment in Medusa and I look forward to 
the Company’s next phase of growth in FY2021. 

Yours sincerely, 

Andrew Teo 
Chairman 

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

Contents of Review of Operations 

Page number 

Highlights 

▪  Co-O Operations 

▪  Group Ore Reserves and Mineral Resources 

▪  Exploration Activities 

Co-O Operations 

•  Co-O Gold Production 

•  Co-O Mill  

•  Co-O Mine  

•  Co-O Mine Geology 

Group Ore Reserves and Mineral Resources 

•  Co-O Mine Mineral Resources 

•  Co-O Mine Ore Reserves 

Exploration Activities 

•  Exploration - Philippines 

o  Co-O Underground Exploration 

-  Resource and Definition Drilling 

o  Co-O Surface Exploration 

-  Royal Crowne Vein Project  

-  Calavera Project 

-  TSF #1 Tailings Project 

-  West Road 17 Gold Project  

o  Regional Projects 

-  Bananghilig Gold Deposit 

-  Saugon Gold Deposit 

•  Exploration - Other Areas 

o  Queensland Epithermal Gold and Copper Project 

o   Other Areas 

•  Tenements 

Sustainability 

•  Health and Safety 

•  Environmental Protection, Management and Monitoring 

•  Corporate Social Responsibility 

JORC 2012 Compliance - Consents of Competent Persons 

6 

7 

7 

8 

10 

14 

14 

15 

16 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

24 

24 

24 

27 

28 

29 

30 

30 

31 

31 

31 

31 

31 

31 

32 

34 

34 

36 

39 

42 

 
 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

HHHIIIGGGHHHLLLIIIGGGHHHTTTSSS   

CCCooo---OOO   OOOPPPEEERRRAAATTTIIIOOONNNSSS:::   

 ““TThhee  CCoommppaannyy  aacchhiieevveedd  iittss  gguuiiddaannccee  ttaarrggeett,,  pprroodduucciinngg  
9955,,005577   oouunncceess   ffoorr   tthhee   ffiinnaanncciiaall   yyeeaarr   eennddiinngg   3300   JJuunnee  
22002200   ddeessppiittee   tthhee   ddiissrruuppttiivvee   CCOOVVIIDD--1199   ppaannddeemmiicc  
rreessttrriiccttiioonnss..””  

❑  Annual  gold  production  totalled  95,057  ounces,  in  line  with 
FY2020  guidance  with  annual  unhedged  gold  sales  of  95,142 
ounces; 

❑  Annual  All-In-Sustaining-Costs  (“AISC”)  were  US$1,132  per 
ounce,  an  increase  of  8%  from  the  previous  year  of  US$1,045 
includes  capital  costs  related  to 
per  ounce.  The  AISC 
for 
infrastructure  projects  and  exploration  expenditure 
FY2020; 

❑  Projects  and  exploration  expenditure  for  FY2020  of  US$5.6 

million; 

❑  Mill  recoveries  remained  high  at  a  consistent  95.3%  for  the 

year; 

❑  The  sinking  of  the  35E  internal  inclined  shaft  from  Level  8  to 
Level  12  was  completed.  Connections  have  been  established 
on  Levels  11  and  12,  and  plats  developed  on  both  Levels  11 
and 12;  

❑  Despite  COVID-19  quarantine  and  travel  restrictions  imposed 
by  the  authorities  during  FY2020,  the  Company’s  strategy  to 
mitigate  the  restricted  movement  on  personnel  and  material 
proved  successful  in  still  achieving  its  gold  production 
guidance  and  preventing  the  transmission  of  any  infection  at 
site.  

7 

 
 
   
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

GGGRRROOOUUUPPP   OOORRREEE   RRREEESSSEEERRRVVVEEESSS   AAANNNDDD   MMMIIINNNEEERRRAAALLLRRREEESSSOOOUUURRRCCCEEESSS:::   

““TThhee  CCoommppaannyy’’ss  OOrree  RReesseerrvveess  hhaavvee  bbeeeenn  rreepplleenniisshheedd  ttoo  
333322,,000000  oouunncceess  aafftteerr  mmiinniinngg  ddeepplleettiioonn,,  ccoommppaarreedd  ttoo  tthhee  
pprreevviioouuss  yyeeaarr’’ss  eessttiimmaattee  ooff  335500,,000000  oouunncceess..””  

Table I: Total Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves estimates as at 31 Dec 2019  (ASX announcement dated 6 Apr 2020).   

The JORC 2012 Table 1 can all be referenced through the ASX announcements. 

Deposit 

MINERAL RESOURCES (1,2) 

Co-O Resources (1) (JORC 2012) 

Category 

Tonnes (4) 

Grade (4) 
(g/t gold) 

Gold (4) 
(ounces) 

Measured 

Indicated 

418,000 

9.33 

125,000 

1,121,000 

10.75 

387,000 

Measured & Indicated 

1,539,000 

10.36 

513,000 

Total Co-O Resources 

Measured, Indicated & Inferred 

2,477,000 

Inferred  

938,000 

Bananghilig Resources (2) (JORC 2012) 

Indicated  

Inferred 

Total Bananghilig Resources 

Indicated & Inferred 

Saugon Resources (3) (JORC 2004) 

Indicated  

Inferred 

Total Saugon Resources 

Indicated & Inferred 

TSF#1 Tailings Resources (JORC 2012) 

Indicated 

Total TSF#1 Tailings Resources 

Indicated 

Royal Crowne Vein  

Indicated  

Inferred 

Total Royal Crowne Vein (JORC 2012) 

Indicated & Inferred 

TOTAL RESOURCES 

Measured 

Indicated 

Inferred 

7,580,000 

200,000 

7,780,000 

47,500 

34,000 

81,500 

510,000 

510,000 

61,000 

26,000 

87,000 

418,000 

9,319,500 

1,198,000 

9.00 

9.85 

1.66 

4.42 

1.73 

7.00 

4.60 

6.00 

1.72 

1.72 

4.93 

4.01 

4.65 

9.33 

2.81 

8.00 

271,000 

784,000 

406,000 

29,000 

435,000 

10,700 

5,000 

15,700 

28,200 

28,200 

10,000 

3,000 

13,000 

125,000 

841,900 

308,000 

TOTAL RESOURCES  

Measured, Indicated & Inferred  10,935,500 

3.63 

1,274,900 

ORE RESERVES (2) 

Co-O Reserves (2) (JORC 2012) 

Proven 

Probable 

324,000 

1,324,000 

7.25 

6.03 

75,000 

257,000 

TOTAL RESERVES 

Proven and Probable 

1,648,000 

6.27 

332,000 

8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

Notes: 

(1)  Mineral Resources are inclusive of Ore Reserves; 
(2)  Co-O and Bananghilig Mineral Resources and Co-O Ore Reserves estimated under guideline of JORC 

2012; 

(3)  Saugon  Mineral  Resources  were  previously  prepared  and  first  disclosed  under  the  JORC  2004  and 
have not been updated to comply with JORC 2012 on the basis that the information has not materially 
changed since it was last reported; 

(4)  Rounding  to  the  nearest  1,000  may  result  in  some  slight  apparent  discrepancies  in  totals  used  in  all 

tables; and 

(5)  Broken stocks and pillars have been declared as Measured Resources and Proven Reserves in 2019. 

Mineral Resources: 

Co-O: 

•  a  minimum  lower  block  cut-off  of  3.2  gram*metres/tonne  accumulation,  which  incorporates  minimum 
mining  widths  of  1.25  metres  or  1.5  metres  (depending  on  vein  attitude)  above  cut-off  grade,  in  its 
derivation; 

•  various high cut gold grades, up to 300 g/t gold, have been applied to different veins; and 
•  a gold price of US$1,500 per ounce has been applied. 

Bananghilig: 

•  Indicated  Resource:  a  lower  block  cut-off  of  0.75  g/t  gold  has  been  applied  to  mineralisation  within  a 

US$1,500 per ounce Whittle pit shell, reflective of open pit mining costs; 

•  Inferred Resource: a lower block cut-off of 3.0 g/t gold has been applied to mineralisation outside of the 
US$1,500 per ounce Whittle pit shell, to a maximum depth of 100 metres below the pit shell walls and 
base, reflective of underground mining costs; 

•  a high cut of 40 g/t gold has been applied to all mineralisation; 
•  Allowance for artisanal mining depletion of 18,300 ounces gold applied within the Whittle pit shell; and 
•  a gold price of US$1,500 per ounce has been applied. 

Saugon: 

•  a lower cut-off of 2.0 g/t gold has been applied; and 
•  a gold price of US$1,500 per ounce has been applied. 

TSF#1 Tailings: 

•  a lower cut-off of 0.85 g/t gold has been applied; 
•  a Bangka drilling was undertaken using grid spacing of 25 by 25 meters; and 
•  a gold price of US$1,500 per ounce has been applied. 

Royal Crowne Vein: 

•  Inferred Resource estimated only from all available drill holes as at 31 December 2019; 
•  a lower cut-off of 0.3 g/t gold has been applied to define the mineralisation; and 
•  a bulk density of 2.55 g/cm3 was used based on the average density measurements. 

Ore Reserves:  

Ore Reserves are a subset of Mineral Resources. 

Co-O:  

•  minimum mining widths of 1.25 metres (stopes ≥50°) and 1.5 metres (stopes <50°) have been applied, 
and where the vein width was equal to, or greater than, the minimum mining width, an extra 0.25 metres 
dilution was added to the hanging wall; 

•  a further 10% dilution has been allowed for slabbing in mining of low angle stopes under draw; 
•  shape  dilution  of  7%  of  extra  tonnage  at  2  g/t  gold  applied,  to  reflect  pinch  and  swell  of  veins,  and 

faulting; 

•  an allocation for extra development ‘on-vein’ at a grade of 2 g/t gold has been applied; 
•  an allocation for extra development ‘off-vein’ at a grade of 1 g/t gold has been applied; 
•  85% mining recovery for stopes <10 g/t gold; 
•  90% mining recovery for stopes ≥10 g/t gold; 
•  all pillars in the mine were manually assessed and a 50% recovery factor was applied to the tonnage of 

all pillars;  

•  stopes containing <500 tonnes were removed to account for ore loss; 
•  a cut-off grade of 4.0 g/t gold has been applied to all stopes; and 
•  a gold price of US$1,350 per ounce has been applied. 

9 

 
 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

EEEXXXPPPLLLOOORRRAAATTTIIIOOONNN   AAACCCTTTIIIVVVIIITTTIIIEEESSS:::      

““AAlltthhoouugghh   rreessttrriicctteedd   bbyy   CCOOVVIIDD--1199,,   rreeggiioonnaall   eexxpplloorraattiioonn  
ccoonnttiinnuueedd   ttoo   aaddvvaannccee   tthhrroouugghh   tthhee   yyeeaarr   wwiitthh   mmaaiiddeenn  
IInnddiiccaatteedd   MMiinneerraall   RReessoouurrccee   ooff   1100,,000000   oouunncceess   ffoorr   tthhee  
RRooyyaall   CCrroowwnnee   VVeeiinn   PPrroojjeecctt   wwhhiicchh   rreemmaaiinnss   ooppeenn   aatt  
ddeepptthh  aanndd  aalloonngg  ssttrriikkee..””  

Figure 1.   Eastern Mindanao tenement location plan, showing consolidated tenement outlines Deposits and Projects. 

10 

 
 
 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

 Figure 2.   Location diagram of the Company’s main project areas in relation to the significantly mineralised belts of the Philippines. 

11 

 
 
 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

EXPLORATION - PHILIPPINES 
Exploration  activities  in  the  Philippines  for  FY2020  focused  on  the  evaluation  of  prospects  within  the  Co-O 
Mine  and  Royal  Crowne  Vein  (Old  Sinug-ang)  areas,  as  well  as  review  of  Philsaga  Mining  Corporation 
(“PMC”) granted tenements and applications. 

Co-O MINE 
Though  restricted  by  the  COVID-19  pandemic,the  drilling program continued  to  focus  on  understanding  and 
defining  the  geological  limits  of  the  main  epithermal  veins,  particularly  to  the  east  and  down  plunge  of  the 
Great Hamish Vein (“GHV”) as well as the other major vein systems (Don Pedro, Central, and Jereme veins). 

The drilling program sucessfully shows the narrow veins are returning economic grade intercepts at and below 
Level 12, and remaining open down plunge to the east. Current and future drilling campaigns are focused on 
the downdip extensions with the objective of increasing the resource base. 

Co-O SURFACE EXPLORATION 

Royal Crowne Vein Project (Old Sinug-Ang) 

The  Royal  Crowne  Vein  (“RCV”)  Project  corresponds  to  a  500+  metres  projected  vein  segment  along  the 
northern portion of the 1,500 metres long Sinug-ang vein system that has not yet been fully tested by drilling.  

The Phase 3 resource definition drilling was completed last 13 December 2019 comprising of 21 holes for a 
total of 4,757 metres. The updated mineral resource of the RCV Deposit was subsequently  announced on 6 
April  2020  amounting  to  a  total  JORC  Code  2012  Indicated  and  Inferred  Mineral  Resources  estimate  at 
87,000 tonnes at a grade of 4.65 g/t gold, equivalent to 13,000 ounces of gold.  

Further drilling is planned in FY2021  to upgrade the resource category and  extend the resource base along 
strike and down dip.  

TSF #1 Tailings Project 

The  Tailings  Storage  Facility  (“TSF”)  #1  was  utilised  by  the  original  processing plant since  the  1980’s.   The 
TSF  #1  material  is  from  the  earlier  higher  gold  grade  Co-O  Mine  ore,  which  was  processed  using  now 
outdated extraction techniques which were relevant at that time. A previous assessment completed in October 
2015 focused on metallurgical testing using samples collected from auger drill holes. 

The drilling results were modelled in Surpac and a resource estimation using a lower cut-off grade of 0.85 g/t 
gold resulted in 510,169 tonnes  at 1.72 g/t gold, containing 28,200 ounces of gold in the Indicated category 
(JORC  2012).  The  model  reveals  that  higher  grades  are  concentrated  in  the  upper  portion  of  the  tailings 
section, which will simplify mining and minimise disturbance to the lower grade base of TSF#1. 

A detailed study, to determine the best option for gaining value from TSF #1 resource, including the feasibility 
of mining and processing this material, is ongoing. 

REGIONAL PROJECTS 

Bananghilig Gold Deposit 

There  has  been  no  development  or  material  change  on  the  Bananghilig  Deposit  since  the  Company 
completed  an  exhaustive  two year  (FY2015  and  FY2016)  review  of  the  Bananghilig  B1  (“Bananghilig”)  gold 
deposit which resulted in a Mineral Resource estimate reported in 2016 in accordance with the guidelines of 
JORC 2012.  

The total Indicated and Inferred Mineral Resources for the Bananghilig Gold Deposit, at a block cut-off grade 
of  0.75  g/t  gold  for  Indicated  (open-pit  material),  and  3.0  g/t  gold  for  Inferred  (underground  material),  is 
estimated at 7.78 million tonnes at a grade of 1.73 g/t gold (435,000 ounces contained gold). The details of the 
study have been reported by the Company in September 2016.  

Saugon Gold Deposit 

The Saugon Inferred Mineral Resource (81,500 tonnes at a grade of 5.97 g/t gold for a total of 15,700 ounces 
contained  gold)  has  remained  unchanged  from  2013.  This  information  was  prepared  and  initially  disclosed 
under JORC 2004. There have been no material changes since it was last reported. 

12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

EXPLORATION - OTHER AREAS 

Queensland Epithermal Gold & Copper Project 

The Company announced on 5 July 2018 that it had entered into an Earn-in-Agreement (“EIA”) with Ellenkay 
Gold Pty Limited (“Ellenkay”) regarding two exploration projects in Central Queensland, Australia.  

The Hill 212 (EPM 26217) exploration project, an epithermal gold-silver opportunity located approximately 30 
km  east  of  Mt  Coolon  and  the  Mt  Clark  West  (EPM  26008)  exploration  project,  a  copper-gold  opportunity 
located approximately 24 km north-west of Nebo.  

Medusa has completed drill testing of priority targets at both projects, with no significant results returned. After 
evaluating all results of the first round of exploration and drilling from both projects, the Company discontinued 
exploration  programmes  associated  with  the  next  phase  of  the  EIA  with  Ellenkay.  On  19  November  2019 
Medusa announced to the ASX that it had withdrawn from the EIA.  

Other Areas 

The Company continues to evaluate opportunities within the Asia Pacific Region with the objective of growing 
the Company’s portfolio. 

13 

 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

CCCooo---OOO   OOOPPPEEERRRAAATTTIIIOOONNNSSS   

The Co-O Gold Mine (Figures 1 and 2) is operated by Philsaga Mining Corporation under Mineral Production 
Sharing Agreement (“MPSA”) 262-2008-XIII, which covers 2,539 hectares. 

CCoo--OO  GGoolldd  PPrroodduuccttiioonn  

Table II:  Co-O gold production statistics for financial years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020. 

Unit 

June 2020 

June 2019 

Variance 

 Percent (%) 

Description 

Ore mined 

Ore milled 

Head grade 

Recovery 

Gold produced 

Cash costs (1) 

Gold sold 

WMT 

DMT 

g/t 

% 

ounces 

US$/oz 

ounces 

572,334  

606,675  

(34,341) 

513,944  

544,601  

(30,657)  

5.99  

95.27  

6.28  

94.75  

 (0.29) 

0.52  

95,057  

103,307  

(8,250) 

684  

546  

138  

95,142  

102,500  

 (7,358) 

(6) 

(6) 

(5) 

0 

(8) 

(20) 

(8) 

20 

Average gold price received 

US$/oz 

1,581  

1,259  

322  

Notes: 

(1)  net of development costs and includes royalties and local business taxes. 

•  The Company produced 95,057 ounces of gold (2019:103,307oz) for FY2020 at an average recovered 
grade of 5.99 g/t gold (2019: 6.28 g/t gold) which achieved the lower end of guidance of 95,000 ounces. 

•  The average cash costs of US$684 per ounce, inclusive of royalties and local business taxes, was higher 

than the previous year’s average cash costs of US$546 per ounce; and 

•  All-In-Sustaining-Costs  (“AISC”)  for  the  year  was  US$1,132  per  ounce  of  gold  (2019:  US$1,045  per 

ounce). 

FY2021 Guidance  
On 28 August 2020, the Company provided its production and cost guidance for FY2021 of between 90,000 
ounces to 95,000 ounces at an AISC of between US$1,200 to US$1,250 per ounce.   

The  slight  increase  in  year-on-year  AISC  for  FY2021  has  been  anticipated,  after  taking  into  account  the 
ongoing impact of COVID-19 restrictions to people movement, logistics and associated costs. 

14 

 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

CCoo--OO  MMIILLLL    
The Co-O Processing Plant is a conventional gold mill, comprising a single stage jaw crusher, SAG mill and 
conventional CIL circuit, with a gravity gold & intense cyanide leach system. Tailings are treated and thickened 
before discharge to a multi-celled tailings storage facility. 

Diagram 1.   Co-O Processing Plant flow sheet.  

The Co-O Mine is 6 km from the process plant, with a 12 km haulage route due to the local topography. 

The processing plant is powered from the regional grid, and in addition has its own dedicated generators that 
can operate the plant at full capacity if required. 

The Co-O Mill performed efficiently throughout the fiscal year with an average mill recovery of 95.3%. 

Mill  throughput  was  restricted  by  availability  of  ore  from  the  mine,  resulting  in  a  lower  utilisation  of  the 
processing plant. Optimisation of processing plant operation and maintenance contributed to reduced cost for 
contract  labour  for  mill  relines  and  major  shutdowns  as  these  were  completed  by  on  site  personnel  during 
scheduled down times 

Low plant utilisation is expected to continue into FY2021 while operating under current COVID-19 restrictions.  

The  Mill  does  not  require  any  major  works,  upgrades  or  refurbishments  under  the  current  life-of-mine  plan 
(“LOMP”).  Tailings  storage  facility  (“TSF”)  #  5  was  completed  during  FY2017  and  is  expected  to  provide 
adequate TSF capacity for next 18 months. Work has progressed on the planning and design of the next TSF 
with the aim of commencing construction at the beginning of 2021. 

15 

Co-O Gold Project Processing Plant FlowsheetDirect FeedLEGENDSSlurryCarbonWaterEluateSAGMillJawCrusherTailsThickenerTailings DamProcess Water TankAcid WashElutionCarbon RegenerationCyanideDetoxificationCIL Tanks (8 x 380m3) ILRGravityConcentratorLeach Tanks (3 X 1200m3)ElectrowinningSmelting 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

CCoo--OO  MMIINNEE    
The  Co-O  Mine  is  a  shaft  access,  underground  track  mine,  utilising  battery  powered  locomotives  and  1.2 
tonne mine cars. Ore and waste are mined using air-leg mining and is extracted from the mine via the main L8 
Production Shaft, two 60-degree inclined shafts; Baguio and Agsao, and through the original portals.  Diagram 
2 is a representative drawing of the primary infrastructure of the Co-O Mine. The primary levels from 1 to 10 
normally average 1,000 metres from West to East.  Levels are developed 50 metres apart vertically, putting 
Level 10 approximately 500 metres below surface.  There are 4 winzes operating between Level 8 and Level 9 
with 3 of these also servicing Level 10. Another winze, the 35E internal shaft, is being developed from Level 8 
to  service  Levels  9,  10,  11  and  12.  As  mining  progresses  winzes  will  be  systematically  deepened  to  also 
service Levels 11 and 12.   

The  E15  Shaft,  a  man  and  materials  shaft,  was  completed  in  November  2018.  The  shaft  is  used  for 
transporting  people  and  materials  underground  enabling  improved  rock  hoisting  utilisation  of  the  L8  Shaft.    

Diagram 2.   Shows locations of major infrastructure of the Co-O Mine.  

Several  projects  were  progressed  during  the  year  to  improve  access  to  resources  down  to  Level  12  and  to 
gain the most from the hoisting system. Some the key improvement projects were: 

•  Development for the Level 5 pumping station. With planned increase of working areas below Level 8, the 
pumping  requirements  will  also  increase  from  Level  10  to  Surface.  To  augment  this pumping  capacity, 
the Level 5 pump station is necessary. 

•  Planned major maintenance on the L8 winder and loading pocket was completed with minimal disruption 

to production during Christmas, New Year and Easter.  

•  L8 Shaft structure refurbishment. Inspections on the L8 shaft structures have identified work required to 
maintain the long-term functionality of the shaft. Work has commenced according to plan to progressively 
replace  sections  of  the  shaft  structures.  This  work  is  being  conducted  during  weekends  when  there  is 
minimal disruption to hoisting operations. 

•  Completed development of Internal shaft to Level 12. To meet targeted future production levels 11 and 
12 need to be developed in a timely manner. The 35E Internal Shaft has been developed to Level 12 and 
development commenced to extend the other internal shafts to Level 12. 

•  Completion  of  a  study  to  determine  the  best  option  for  accessing  and  extracting  the  resources  below 
Level  12  and  improving  mining  efficiency.  Early  site  establishment  works  have  been  completed,  with 
development to commence once travel restrictions relating to the COVID-19 pandemic permit.  

16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

Graph 1.   Co-O Mine dry tonnes hoist for FY2020 by month. 

The mine tonnes hoisted in the first half of the year was consistently above 48,000 tonnes per month, however 
that decreased in the second half of the year due to: 

• 

the  Christmas  and  New  Year  holidays  in  December  and  January,  when  planned  lower  employee 
headcount reduced mine productivity and provide the opportunity for major shaft maintenance; and 

•  Mid-March to June when employees were restricted due to COVID-19.  

Stoping methods 

Two mining methods are currently utilised at the Co-O Mine: 

Diagram 3.  Schematic diagram of a shrink stope.  

         Diagram 4.  Schematic diagram of a room and pillar (slot) stope.  

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

Stoping methods (continued) 

(i)  Shrink stope mining  

This  method  is  predominantly  used  on  steeply  dipping  veins  with  a  minimum  mining  width  of  1.25 
metres. (Diagram 3). Mining commences from the bottom and progresses upwards and the broken ore is 
left in the stope to provide ground support. The volume of ore expands after blasting by about 30% and 
this  material  needs  to  be  progressively  drawn  from  the  stope  during  operation.  Once  blasting  has 
reached the crown pillar, the remaining 70% of ore can be drawn quickly at low cost.   

(ii)  Room and pillar (slot) mining  

This method is used on the low-angle veins where the ore would not naturally flow to the draw points. 
(Diagram  4).  The  broken  ore  needs  to  be  scraped  to  the  haulage  level  by  mechanical  slushers,  and 
pillars  need  to be left  behind for  ground support.  The  minimum  mining  width  for  low  angle veins  is 1.5 
metres, hence the higher dilution is partly responsible for the overall lower than average grade achieved 
from the upper parts of the mine where the low angle veins are prominent. The ratio of room and pillar 
stopes to shrink stopes will likely decrease with depth. 

Development 

Development and stoping continued Levels 2 and 4 to 10 during the year, as well as winzes (internal shafts) 
from  Level  8  down  to  Level  12.    Most  development  is  conducted  on  ore  with  waste  development  being 
confined to cross-cuts, ventilation raises, internal shafts and infrastructure requirements.   

A  total  of  33,791  metres  of  horizontal  and  vertical  development  was  completed  in  FY2020.  This  was  an 
increase of 12% over the previous year. The focus is on the development of the lower sections of the mine 
(Levels 8, 9, 10 and 12). 

Graph 2 shows the distribution of both horizontal and vertical development through the year.  

Graph 2.  FY2020 mine development (horizontal and vertical) by month. 

18 

 
 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

L8 Shaft 

Since the completion of the E15 shaft in 2018 the utilisation of the L8 Shaft for rock hoisting has increased, 
resulting in increased hoisting. 

Internal winzes (shafts) from Level 8 to Level 10 

By the end of the FY2020, five primary winzes (internal inclined shafts) were in operation hoisting to Level 8. 
The 17E and 29E winzes service Level 9 while the 12E, 43E and 48E winzes service both Level 9 and 10.  

An improved ore pass and skip loading arrangements were implemented on the 43E and 48E internal shafts 
which has improved shaft hoisting productivity. 

Diamond drill stations were developed on Level 10 and will be utilised for resource drilling of the areas below 
Level 10.  

The  35E  internal  shaft  has  been  developed  down  to  Level  12  to  allow  for  the  commencement  of  horizontal 
development  including  a  diamond  drill  station  for  future  resource  drilling.  Following  the  establishment  of  the 
35E internal shaft to Level 12, the other winzes will systematically be extended down to Level 12 to assist with 
development and ventilation requirements. 

Decline Project (Tiger Way) 

Ore  and  waste  material  from  the  Co-O  Mine  are  currently  hoisted  to  surface  through  existing  mine 
infrastructure, including the L8, Baguio, Agsao and internal shafts. These assets, however, can only effectively 
facilitate mining to Level 12 (~600 metres below surface) which is the limit of the current  ore reserve. Whilst 
this is sufficient to underpin the current production profile in the coming years, further infrastructure is required 
for accessing deeper levels of the Co-O Mine in an efficient and cost-effective manner.  

The  Company  believes  there  is  strong  potential  for  this  trend  to  continue  at  Level  12  and  below  through 
ongoing  exploration.  The  limited  resource  drilling  completed  below  Level  12  is  the  main  contributor  for  this 
area of the mine not currently having a higher established gold endowment. Thus, a comprehensive study into 
the long-term infrastructure solution at the Co-O Mine was undertaken.  

The study concluded that the establishment of a decline from surface, named the “Tiger Way”, was the best 
option for the Co-O Mine and the Board of Medusa has approved construction of the Tiger Way, development 
of  which  is  expected  to  commence  after  travel  restrictions  imposed  due  to  the  COVID-19  pandemic  are 
relaxed to allow greater access to site.  

Developing  the  Tiger  Way  is  expected  to  have  numerous  benefits,  including  providing  enhanced  access  to 
deeper levels of the mine, more optimal positions for in-mine and near-mine exploration, greater operational 
flexibility, safety benefits and removing hoisting limitations on ore production (Diagram 2 and Figure 3). 

Preparatory site works commenced during FY2020 to establish the required infrastructure Tiger Way project 
development.  The  commencement  of  the  development,  however,  has  been  delayed  following  travel 
restrictions during the COVID-19 pandemic. 

Primary Ventilation 

Progress  on  the  primary  ventilation  upgrade  project  has  continued  with  the  development  of  cross-cuts  on 
Level 4 and Level 5, the completion of a raise from Level 8, and commencement of a raise from Level 5 and 
Level  7.  The  upgrade  is  designed  to  increase  the  airflow  in  the  lower  levels  and  to  move  the  primary 
ventilation  circuit  further  east  allowing  better  distribution  of  ventilation  around  the  working  areas  as  the  ore 
body plunges to the East. 

19 

 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

CCoo--OO  MMIINNEE  GGEEOOLLOOGGYY    

Figure  3:  Co-O  Mine  composite  longitudinal  projection  showing  the  locations  of  reported  significant  drill  intercepts  (since  2010), 
Underground  development,  E15  Shaft.  The  2020  Measured,  Indicated  and  Inferred  Resources  model  (light  green)  is  also 
shown, demonstrating the potential for down plunge extensions at depth. 

During the past year, the Company has continued its resource drilling campaign with a concentrated review of 
the  Great  Hamish  Vein  (“GHV”)  and  Jereme  Veins  with  particular  attention to  the  identification of  structures 
and vein textures and their relationships with mineralisation and gold grades in the eastern extension. The key 
points from the extensive review, re-interpretations and re-modelling of the Co-O Mine underground geology 
achieved several key objectives: 

•  Maintained  the  high  level  of  confidence  in  the  Co-O  resources  as  per  the  high  conversion  rate  of 
Measured  and  Indicated  Resource  to  Ore  Reserves  despite  the  depletion  of  high-grade  broken  stocks 
and pillars. 

•  Defined the eastern geologic extension to the main GHV between Levels 12 and 16; 

•  Greater understanding of the structural controls on the epithermal gold system created by the  diatreme 

intrusive contact as indicated on geology map of Co-O deposit (Figure 5).  

•  The GHV at Level 16 is returning economic intercepts open to the east and down dip but with narrower 

widths; 

•  The Jereme Vein is open to the east and down dip; and  

•  Further drilling has shown that an improved continuity of these veins can be achieved by the addition of 

internal dilution. 

The total Mineral Resources inclusive of the Ore Reserves is presented in the longitudinal section (Figure 3) 
above.  Drilling  information  revealed  that  there  are  ore  shoots  extension  beyond  the  initially  projected  ore 
boundaries. 

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

Figure  4:     Isometric  and Orthogonal  views of  the  Co-O Mine’s  2020  resource model, major  veins (GHV, Jereme,  Central  and  Don Pedro 
Veins)  in  colour  and  associated  sub-parallel  and  link  veins  in  translucent  grey,  plus  underground  development  and  production 
shafts. 

GGGRRROOOUUUPPP   OOORRREEE   RRREEESSSEEERRRVVVEEESSS   AAANNNDDD   MMMIIINNNEEERRRAAALLL   RRREEESSSOOOUUURRRCCCEEESSS      

The  Annual  Mineral  Resources  Update  Statement  and  Annual  Ore  Reserves  Update  Statements  for  the 
Company  were  released  on  06  April  2020,  and  include  Material  Information  for  the  individual  deposits, 
including a Material Information Summary pursuant to ASX Listing Rules 5.8 and 5.9 and the Assessment and 
Reporting  Criteria  in  accordance  with  the  Australasian  Code  for  Reporting  of  Exploration  Results,  Mineral 
Resources and Ore Reserves (“JORC 2012”). 

The  Mineral  Resources  and  Ore  Reserves  Statements  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  the  JORC 
2012  for  the  Co-O  Mine  and  the  Bananghilig  B1  deposit,  however  the  Saugon  Mineral  Resources  was 
prepared and first disclosed under JORC 2004 and have not been updated to comply with JORC 2012 on the 
basis that the information has not materially changed since it was last reported. 

Refer to the Company’s Annual Update Statement of Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves dated 6 April 2020 
for background information and material information relating to the resources and reserves estimates. 

The  Company  conducts  regular  internal  and  external  reviews  of  Mineral  Resource  and  Ore  Reserve 
estimation procedures to validate the quality and integrity of these procedures. External consultants are also 
regularly  contracted  to  conduct  independent  reviews  of  Mineral  Resource  and  Ore  Reserve  estimation 
procedures and results. The reviews have not identified any material issues with these procedures or results. 

The Co-O Mine has a long history of Ore Reserve replacement by way of diamond drilling and conversion of 
Measured and Indicated Resources (Graph 3). The Company remains confident in the long-term future of the 
Co-O Mine given the current Mineral Resource inventory, the nature of the geology and mineralisation and the 
historic  conversion  rate  (~65%),  after  allowance  for  mining  recovery,  of  Measured  and  Indicated  Mineral 
Resources to Ore Reserves. The Co-O Mine continues to maintain a minimum plus three-year mine plan, for 
Measured and Indicated Resources, and more than a 5-year life, considering the resource endowment. This is 
typical of the way these types of narrow-vein, high-grade gold mines have operated for many years. 

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

Mineral Resource and Ore Reserve Assumptions 

Mineral  Resources  are  reported  inclusive  of  Ore  Reserves  and  includes  all  exploration  and  resource 
definition  drilling  information  up  to  31  December  2019  and  has  been  depleted  for  mining  to  31  December 
2019.  

Gold price assumptions used to estimate Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves are:  

•  Mineral Resources:    US$1,500 per ounce gold 

•   Ore Reserves:            US$1,350 per ounce gold 

Graph 3. Production, Ore Reserves and Mineral Resources status since 2007, demonstrating the Co-O Mine’s history of increasing resources 

and replacing mine depletion. 

Notes: 

FY2008 to FY2013 - Ore Reserve ounces are classified under JORC 2004 guidelines; 
FY2014 to FY2018 - Mineral Resource and Ore Reserve ounces are classified under JORC 2012 guidelines;  
FY2018 to FY2019 - Ore Reserves estimated using gold price of $1,275 per ounce: and 
FY2020 - Ore Reserves estimated using gold price of $1,350 per ounce. 

CCoo--OO  MMIINNEE  MMIINNEERRAALL  RREESSOOUURRCCEESS    
Total Measured, Indicated and Inferred Mineral Resources for the Co-O Mine are now estimated at 2.48 million 
tonnes  at  a  grade  of  9.85  g/t  gold  for  a  total  784,000  ounces  contained  gold  (Table  I),  compared  to  the  31 
December 2018 estimate of 2.66 million tonnes at a grade of 10.41 g/t gold for a total 890,000 ounces contained 
gold (Table III). 

There has been a decrease  in the total number of ounces in the Co-O Mine's Mineral Resources  through the 
mining depletion of 93,000 ounces. 

While the ounces in the Measured and Indicated Resource, category have slightly decreased by 2%, the grade 
remained the same at slightly above 10.0 g/t gold. In the Inferred Resource category there has been a decrease 
in the ounces of 26% with a grade reduction of 8%.  Overall, the total ounces have decreased by 12% while the 
grade has reduced by 5%.  The grade reduction is primarily the result of: 

•  mining depletion; 

• 

the  conversion  of  a  component  of  higher-grade  Inferred  Resource  to  the  Indicated  category  as  a  result  of 
drilling and development; 

•  drilling  and  development  resulting  in  information  which  shows  that  there  is  an  improved  continuity  of 
previously  interpreted  narrow  veins.    This  enhanced  continuity  has  been  achieved  through  the  addition  of 
internal dilution, which will make the resource more amendable to mining;  

•  drilling which has also delineated additional lower grade veins (above cut-off grade) that have been included 

in the estimate as they are proximal to higher grade veins; and 

• 

there has been less resource drilling due to the availability of drill station development in favour of production 
priorities. 

22 

 
 
 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

Table III: Comparison summary of total undiluted Co-O Mineral Resource estimates (31 Dec 2018 & 31 Dec 2019). 

Mineral 
Resource 
Category (1) 

31 December 2018 

31 December 2019 

Variance % 

Tonnes 

Gold (g/t) 

Gold (oz) 

Tonnes 

Gold (g/t) 

Gold (oz) 

Tonnes  Gold (g/t)  Gold (oz) 

Measured 

96,000 

9.57 

29,000 

418,000 

9.33 

125,000 

335 

(2.51) 

331 

Indicated (2) 

1,385,000 

11.03 

491,000 

1,121,000 

10.75 

387,000 

(19) 

(2.54) 

Inferred (2) 

1,179,000 

9.75 

369,000 

938,000 

9.00 

271,000 

Total 

2,660,000 

10.41 

890,000 

2,477,000 

9.85 

784,000 

(20) 

(7) 

(8) 

(5) 

(21) 

(26) 

(12) 

Notes: 
(1)  Mineral Resources are reported inclusive of Ore Reserves; 
(2)  Resources are reported to Level 16 (-595m RL). 

CCoo--OO  MMIINNEE  OORREE  RREESSEERRVVEESS    
A  detailed  review  of  all  Co-O  Mine  and  milling  production  data,  including  mining  and  metallurgical 
performances  to  determine  appropriate  physical  mining  parameters,  cut-off  grades  and  dilutions  has  been 
completed  for  this  latest  update  to  the  Mineral  Resource  and  Ore  Reserve  statement  (see  ASX 
Announcement dated 6 April 2020). 

The drilling program and mine development, as at 31 December 2019 has resulted in a Proven and Probable 
Reserve of 332,000 ounces.  

The  Co-O  Mine  Proven  and Probable  Ore  Reserves  are  now  estimated at 1.65 million  tonnes at a grade  of 
6.27 g/t gold for a total 332,000 ounces contained gold, compared to the 31 December 2018 estimate of 1.58 
million tonnes at a grade of 6.86 g/t gold for a total 350,000 ounces contained gold. 

There has been a decrease in total Proven and Probable ounces of 5% when compared to the 31 December 
2018 Probable Reserve of 350,000 ounces.  The 31 December 2019 Proven and Probable Reserve grade has 
reduced by 9% from a grade of 6.86 g/t to a grade of 6.27 g/t gold. 

The  changes  in  the  Co-O  Mine  Ore  Reserves  are  primarily  due  to  mining  depletion;  modified  vein 
interpretations  through  increased  geological  knowledge  of  the  different  vein  sets  obtained  by  further 
underground  development,  mapping  and  drilling.    The  basal  cost  assumptions  are  from  the  previous  year’s 
actual  costs.    The  conversion  of  Measured  and  Indicated  Resource  to  Reserve  stands  at  65%.    This 
conversion  rate  indicates  a high  level of  resource  confidence  when costs and scheduling  are  applied  to the 
resource. The Co-O Ore Reserves are reported using a gold price of US$1,350 per ounce. 

Table IV: Comparison summary of Co-O Mine’s Ore Reserve estimate (31 Dec 2018 & 31 Dec 2019). 

Ore Reserve 
Category 

31 December 2018 

31 December 2019 

Variance % 

Tonnes 

Gold (g/t) 

Gold (ozs) 

Tonnes 

Gold (g/t)  Gold (ozs) 

Tonnes 

Gold (g/t)  Gold (ozs) 

Proven 

93,000 

9.62 

29,000 

324,000 

7.25 

75,000 

248.39 

(24.64) 

158.62 

Probable 

1,491,000 

Total 

1,585,000 

6.68 

6.86 

321,000 

1,324,000 

6.03 

257,000 

(11.20) 

(9.73) 

(19.94) 

350,000 

1,648,000 

6.27 

332,000 

(3.97) 

(8.60) 

(5.14) 

Note: 
(1)  Ore Reserves are reported to Level 13 (-454m RL), with very limited Reserves below Level 12 (-395m RL). 

23 

 
 
 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

EEEXXXPPPLLLOOORRRAAATTTIIIOOONNN   AAACCCTTTIIIVVVIIITTTIIIEEESSS   

EEXXPPLLOORRAATTIIOONN  --  PPHHIILLIIPPPPIINNEESS  

Co-O UNDERGROUND EXPLORATION  

“Underground  drilling  during  FY2020  continued  to  focus  on 
the  definition  and  conversion  of  wide-spaced  intersections 
between  Levels  10  to  12  into  resources,  and  to  develop 
additional mineral resources down plunge below Level 12.” 

Resource and Definition Drilling  

In FY2020, continued focus on the underground drilling and development was primarily to probe the eastern 
and  downdip  extensions  of  GHV,  Jereme  Vein  as  well  as  upgrade  Inferred  Resources,  into  the  Indicated 
Resources category. During FY2020, drilling was carried out at Levels 4, 6,7, 9 and 10. 

Significant  drill  intercepts  from  are  presented  in  Figure  3;  this  includes  results  from  prior  to  July  2019  (grey 
dots). 

Table VIII: Summary of Co-O Mine underground drilling for FY19-20. 

Project 

Purpose 

Levels 

Number of Holes 

Meterage 

Co-O Mine Underground 

Definition drilling  

4, 6, 7, 9 and 10 

Resource drilling 

10 

TOTAL DRILLING 

36 

105 

141 

18,837 

17,498 

36,335 

Details  of  significant  intersection  results  obtained  during  the  FY2020  have  been  reported  in  the  September 
2019,  December  2019,  March  2020  and  June  2020  quarterly  reports.  Table  V  below  summarises  the  more 
significant drill intersections obtained in FY2020. 

Table IVI:  Co-O Mine - significant underground drill hole results of ≥6 gram-metres. 

Hole Number 

East 

North 

RL  

Depth 
(metres) 

Azim 
(°) 

Dip 
(°) 

From 
(metres) 

To 
(metres) 

Width 
(metres) 

Gold 
(g/t) 

Accumulations 
(gm*m) 

UNDERGROUND RESOURCE DRILLING - LEVEL 4 

L4-16W-001 

613848 

913038 

L4-16W-002 

613848 

913038 

4 

4 

150.00 

150.00 

3 

20 

2 

-2 

36.85 

23.75 

37.25 

25.85 

including 

L4-23E-002 

614210 

912862 

9 

151.10 

333 

3 

76.40 

78.10 

UNDERGROUND RESOURCE DRILLING - LEVEL 6 

including 

L6-48W-001 

613535 

912810 

L6-59E-001 

L6-59E-003 

614574 

912911 

614571 

912907 

-95 

-89 

-89 

150.10 

351.50 

370.00 

230 

349 

334 

2 

1 

1 

37.55 

97.90 

46.20 

38.30 

98.50 

47.15 

UNDERGROUND RESOURCE DRILLING - LEVEL 7 

0.40 

2.10 

1.00 

1.10 

1.70 

1.00 

0.70 

0.75 

0.60 

0.95 

22.73 

3.98 

4.96 

3.09 

9.02 

4.22 

15.87 

81.33 

23.77 

9.87 

L7-18E-001 

L7-41E-002 

L7-56E-001 

L7-77E-002 

614191 

913014 

-141 

150.30 

614372 

912782 

-139 

60.30 

614540 

912840 

-137 

111.30 

614747 

912821 

-134 

150.00 

328 

320 

45 

19 

-5 

-1 

-3 

2 

25.00 

53.35 

75.95 

11.70 

25.60 

54.20 

76.15 

12.70 

0.60 

0.85 

13.20 

18.07 

0.20 

107.67 

1.00 

9.53 

9.09 

8.36 

4.96 

3.40 

15.33 

4.22 

11.11 

61.00 

14.26 

9.38 

7.92 

15.36 

21.53 

9.53 

24 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

Hole Number 

East 

North 

RL  

Depth 
(metres) 

Azim 
(°) 

Dip 
(°) 

From 
(metres) 

To 
(metres) 

Width 
(metres) 

Gold 
(g/t) 

Accumulations 
(gm*m) 

L8-56E-002 

614568 

912974 

-189 

115.60 

53 

0 

107.35 

107.90 

UNDERGROUND RESOURCE DRILLING - LEVEL 8 

108.40 

109.80 

including 

L8-65E-002 

L8-72E-026 

614644 

912853 

-188 

200.10 

614701 

912845 

-189 

601.10 

142 

152 

0 

-71 

45.80 

86.60 

46.05 

87.55 

0.55 

1.40 

0.40 

0.70 

0.30 

0.25 

0.95 

8.23 

22.00 

21.47 

12.70 

44.40 

21.37 

7.40 

L8-72E-027 

614700 

912845 

-188 

601.10 

197 

-72 

396.90 

398.50 

1.60 

175.41 

including 

0.60 

462.70 

171.45 

172.25 

0.80 

114.26 

367.45 

368.10 

456.20 

456.80 

0.65 

0.60 

16.38 

13.45 

L8-72E-029 

614698 

912845 

-189 

127.10 

213 

0 

121.85 

123.60 

402.10 

403.10 

543.10 

543.65 

UNDERGROUND RESOURCE DRILLING - LEVEL 9 

including 

L9-1W-003 

L9-22E-004 

L9-75E-003 

613975 

912862 

-242 

250.10 

614144 

913012 

-238 

138.00 

614756 

912953 

-239 

250.40 

350 

168 

51 

2 

3 

5 

19.70 

42.40 

19.20 

76.65 

20.60 

42.65 

19.55 

78.15 

including 

95.30 

96.90 

including 

170.00 

171.25 

including 

1.00 

1.00 

0.55 

1.75 

0.95 

0.80 

0.90 

0.25 

0.35 

1.50 

0.95 

0.55 

1.60 

1.00 

0.60 

1.25 

0.65 

0.60 

3.03 

6.14 

70.83 

9.59 

12.10 

6.60 

6.77 

50.80 

36.06 

26.40 

27.55 

24.40 

23.34 

22.06 

25.46 

15.23 

16.45 

13.90 

L9-75E-004 

614757 

912949 

-239 

250.00 

154 

0 

42.55 

44.15 

1.60 

145.88 

including 

0.90 

236.79 

0.70 

28.99 

4.53 

30.80 

8.59 

8.89 

13.32 

5.34 

7.03 

91.41 

10.65 

8.07 

280.66 

277.62 

3.03 

6.14 

38.96 

16.78 

11.50 

5.28 

6.09 

12.70 

12.62 

39.60 

26.17 

13.42 

37.34 

22.06 

15.28 

19.04 

10.69 

8.34 

233.41 

213.11 

20.29 

L9-75E-005 

614757 

912948 

-239 

250.00 

139 

0 

19.90 

20.90 

1.00 

135.64 

135.64 

L10-25E-016 

614177 

912696 

-293 

550.50 

359 

-25 

79.85 

81.85 

UNDERGROUND RESOURCE DRILLING - LEVEL 10 

L10-25E-018 

614175 

912696 

-293 

550.00 

339 

L10-25E-019 

614177 

912696 

-293 

550.00 

L10-25E-022 

614177 

912696 

-293 

550.10 

16 

9 

-23 

-36 

-33 

including 

548.10 

548.70 

128.20 

128.90 

539.70 

539.95 

385.85 

386.60 

394.15 

395.65 

including 

L10-25E-023 

614176 

912696 

-293 

551.70 

357 

-31 

64.55 

65.95 

including 

L10-25E-024 

614176 

912696 

-293 

551.10 

349 

-39 

166.55 

168.20 

including 

2.00 

1.00 

1.00 

0.60 

0.70 

0.25 

0.75 

1.50 

0.60 

0.90 

1.40 

0.40 

1.00 

1.65 

0.70 

0.95 

8.65 

4.81 

12.49 

10.13 

20.79 

28.57 

8.90 

11.83 

22.49 

4.73 

12.17 

34.90 

3.08 

8.52 

14.10 

4.41 

17.30 

4.81 

12.49 

6.08 

14.55 

7.14 

6.68 

17.75 

13.49 

4.26 

17.04 

13.96 

3.08 

14.06 

9.87 

4.19 

25 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

Hole Number 

East 

North 

RL  

Depth 
(metres) 

Azim 
(°) 

Dip 
(°) 

From 
(metres) 

To 
(metres) 

Width 
(metres) 

Gold 
(g/t) 

Accumulations 
(gm*m) 

L10-37E-002 

614365 

912982 

-288 

250.00 

321 

3 

59.00 

59.45 

UNDERGROUND RESOURCE DRILLING - LEVEL 10 (continued) 

L10-37E-003 

614366 

912979 

-288 

250.10 

L10-44E-002 

614437 

912993 

-288 

250.00 

208.60 

210.20 

including 

304 

9 

0 

1 

74.60 

81.50 

75.15 

81.80 

198.50 

199.50 

L10-44E-003 

614436 

912994 

-288 

250.00 

337 

0 

141.75 

143.70 

including 

L10-50E-016 

614524 

913102 

-289 

601.60 

174 

-50 

73.15 

75.05 

including 

L10-50E-018 

614524 

913102 

-289 

600.00 

163 

-48 

78.65 

80.10 

L10-50E-019 

614525 

913102 

-289 

600.00 

156 

-45 

L10-50E-022 

614524 

913102 

-289 

600.80 

166 

-38 

L10-50E-025 

614526 

913102 

-290 

600.40 

L10-50E-027 

614526 

913102 

-289 

550.00 

153 

146 

-62 

-48 

including 

85.25 

80.90 

86.10 

82.10 

including 

90.95 

78.70 

91.55 

79.65 

369.20 

370.20 

376.45 

376.70 

493.05 

493.75 

89.60 

91.00 

including 

L10-50E-030 

614524 

913102 

-289 

551.10 

185 

-43 

291.10 

292.40 

L10-50E-031 

614525 

913102 

-289 

550.40 

169 

-43 

69.55 

71.15 

including 

293.50 

295.15 

including 

415.40 

416.40 

L10-50E-032 

614525 

913102 

-289 

551.10 

168 

-57 

L10-50E-033 

614523 

913102 

-290 

550.10 

L10-50E-034 

614524 

913102 

-290 

550.10 

L10-50E-035 

614523 

913102 

-289 

551.10 

L10-50E-039 

614525 

913102 

-290 

600.30 

210 

193 

205 

144 

-64 

-65 

-48 

-78 

including 

78.05 

78.90 

133.90 

134.65 

75.25 

85.40 

86.70 

75.85 

86.00 

87.00 

306.05 

306.95 

85.20 

86.15 

143.30 

144.30 

75.60 

76.10 

579.10 

580.90 

including 

582.20 

582.90 

L10-50E-041 

614525 

913102 

-290 

571.70 

L10-58E-002 

614599 

913069 

-288 

250.20 

178 

148 

-78 

156.20 

156.90 

0 

115.35 

116.15 

227.40 

228.25 

L10-7E-001 

613988 

912950 

-291 

550.10 

147 

-42 

514.55 

515.20 

26 

0.45 

1.60 

1.00 

0.60 

0.55 

0.30 

1.00 

1.95 

0.95 

1.00 

0.90 

0.25 

0.65 

1.45 

0.55 

0.90 

0.85 

1.20 

0.50 

0.70 

0.60 

0.95 

1.00 

0.25 

0.70 

1.40 

0.65 

0.75 

1.30 

0.35 

0.95 

1.65 

0.65 

1.00 

1.00 

1.60 

0.60 

1.00 

0.85 

0.75 

0.60 

0.60 

0.30 

0.90 

0.95 

1.00 

0.50 

1.80 

0.90 

0.90 

0.70 

0.70 

0.80 

0.85 

0.65 

29.27 

7.18 

5.93 

9.27 

24.87 

54.27 

6.73 

23.16 

24.67 

21.73 

9.43 

14.46 

7.50 

5.55 

7.83 

4.15 

17.45 

9.74 

12.04 

8.10 

10.12 

19.07 

6.53 

74.07 

17.20 

15.92 

8.60 

22.27 

4.91 

8.83 

3.46 

7.47 

13.40 

3.62 

8.57 

7.53 

12.73 

4.41 

18.93 

10.43 

17.63 

18.00 

27.87 

8.90 

20.60 

19.97 

13.50 

12.90 

5.30 

20.50 

8.93 

35.17 

14.10 

8.87 

9.60 

13.17 

11.49 

5.93 

5.56 

13.68 

16.28 

6.73 

45.16 

23.44 

21.73 

8.49 

3.62 

4.87 

8.05 

4.31 

3.73 

14.83 

11.69 

6.02 

5.67 

6.07 

18.12 

6.53 

18.52 

12.04 

22.29 

5.59 

16.70 

6.38 

3.09 

3.29 

12.33 

8.71 

3.62 

8.57 

12.05 

7.64 

4.41 

16.09 

7.82 

10.58 

10.80 

8.36 

8.01 

19.57 

19.97 

6.75 

23.22 

4.77 

18.45 

6.25 

24.62 

11.28 

7.54 

6.24 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

Notes:  

1. Composited intercepts’ 'weighted average grades' calculated by using the following parameters:  

(i)  no upper gold grade cut-off applied; 
(ii)  ≥ 6 gram*metres; and 
(iii)  a maximum of 1.0 metre of down-hole internal dilution at ≤ 3 g/t gold. 

Only down-hole intercepts with composited grades ≥ 6 gram*metres are reported in the above table. 

2. Intersection widths are down-hole drill widths not true widths; 

3. Analysis  by  Classical  Fire  Assay  technique  and  AAS  finish  and  carried  out  by  Philsaga  Mining  Corporation’s  on-site 

laboratory; 

4. Some  results  reported  above  may  differ  slightly  from  those  previously  reported,  as  a  result  of  the  inclusion  of 

subsequent additional check analyses, which forms part of the Company’s ongoing QAQC protocols; and 

5. Grid coordinates and elevation in metres relative to the Mine Datum. 

Co-O SURFACE EXPLORATION 
Exploration activities for FY2020 focused on the evaluation of prospects within the Co-O tenements, review 
of Philsaga Mining Corporation (“PMC”) granted tenements and applications.  

 Figure 5. Active surface exploration projects within the company tenements. 

27 

 
 
 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

Royal Crowne Vein Project  

In FY2020, a total of 21 drill holes with a total meterage of 4,757 metres were successfully completed at the 
Royal Crowne Vein (“RCV”) project in the old Sinug-ang area in the Phase 3 drilling program (Figures 5 & 6).  

        Figure 6: Drill plan layout for the RCV Phase 4 and Follow-up Drilling Program targeting the down-dip extension of historical  

significant drill intercepts targets. 

The  drilling  program  further  validated  the  continuity  of  mineralisation  along  the  projected  500  metre+  long 
strike  length  of  the  RCV  vein  system  and  updated  the  JORC  2012  Mineral  Resources  with  an  Indicated 
Resource category of 10,000 ounces of gold and an Inferred Resource of 26,000 tonnes at 4.01 g/t gold. The 
total Mineral Resources as reported (ASX on the 6 April 2020) is presented in the table below (Table VII). 

28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

Table VII: Comparison summary of total undiluted RCV Mineral Resource estimates (31 Dec 2018 & 31 Dec 2019). 

Mineral 
Resource 
Category 

31 December 2018 

31 December 2019 

Variance % 

Tonnes 

Gold (g/t)  Gold (ozs) 

Tonnes 

Gold (g/t)  Gold (ozs) 

Tonnes 

Gold (g/t)  Gold (ozs) 

Indicated 

- 

Inferred 

311,300 

Total 

311,300 

- 

5.03 

5.03 

- 

61,000 

50,300 

26,000 

50,300 

87,000 

4.93 

4.01 

4.65 

10,000 

100 

3,000 

13,000 

(91) 

(72) 

100 

(20) 

(8) 

100 

(94) 

(74) 

Phase  3  drilling  program  was  designed  to  upgrade  the  resource  category  and  test  the  wide-spaced  drilling 
continuity.  A  follow-up  (Phase  4)  resource  drilling  program  is  proposed  to  increase  the  current  mineral 
resource downdip extension. The drill program will target the strike length and depth extensions (Figure 6). 

Calavera Prospect  

The Calavera prospect is a small scale mining site located about 2 km south of Co-O Mine that has been the 
focus of exploration mapping in the past. Two vein sets  trending east-west and NE-SW with projected strike 
lengths of 150 metres and 300 metres, respectively, were previously mapped and sampled with 11 rock chip 
channel samples returning  grades above 1.0 g/t gold, and peak grade of 4.46 g/t gold. 

A scout drilling campaign was implemented on 27 February 2020 completing four holes totalling 1,054 metres 
by 7 April 2020 (Figure 4). However, the last hole did not reach target depth, and two planned holes were not 
drilled due to the implimentation of COVID-19 restictions.  

   Figure  7.      Map  showing  the  location  of  completed  drill  holes,  significant  drill  intercepts  and  recent  surface  samples  in  the  Calavera 

prospect. 

Drilling confirmed the geologic continuity of the NE-trending Calavera main vein (i.e. Vein 1)  along a strike 
length  of  roughly  400  metres,  and  down-dip  to  a  depth  of  125  metres  from  the  surface.  Mineralised 
structures,  however,  were  relatively  narrow  ranging  from  20  cm  to  100  cm,  and  exhibited  pinch-and-swell 
geometries along its strike and down-dip projections.   

Corresponding assay results returned generally low grades, ranging from below detection limit (i.e. 0.005 g/t 
gold) to a peak grade of 1.99 g/t gold. No further work is planned at the Calavera prospect. 

29 

 
 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

TSF #1 Tailings Project 

The  Tailings  Storage  Facility  (“TSF”)  #1  was  utilised  by  the original  processing plant since  the  1980’s.   The 
TSF  #1  material  is  from  the  earlier  higher  gold  grade  Co-O  mine  ore,  which  was  processed  using  dated 
extraction  techniques  relevant  at  that  time.  A  previous  assessment  completed  in  October  2015  focused  on 
metallurgical testing using samples collected from auger drill holes. 

The drilling results were modelled in Surpac and a resource estimation using a lower cut-off grade of 0.85 g/t 
gold resulted in 510,169 tonnes  at 1.72 g/t gold, containing 28,200 ounces of gold in the Indicated category 
(JORC  2012).  The  model  reveals  that  higher  grades  are  concentrated  in  the  upper  portion  of  the  tailings 
section, which will simplify mining and minimise disturbance to the lower grade base of TSF#1. 

A detailed study, to determine the best option for gaining value from TSF #1 resource, including the feasibility 
of mining and processing this material, is ongoing. 

West Road 17 Gold Project  

A four hole scout drilling program at the West Road 17 prospect aimed at validating the geometry and grade 
continuity  along  the  projected  strike  and  dip  directions  of  the  West  Road  17  Vein  System  (Figure  6)  was 
completed  last  30  July  2019  with  total  metreage  of  1,190  metres.    Majority  of  the  243  mineralised  core 
samples sent for analysis returned marginal grades with only three samples having grades above 1.0 g/t gold 
with peak grade of 3.16 g/t gold along a 0.75 metres interval starting at 57.35 metres of drill hole EXP-251. 

Figure  8.    Geologic  map  showing  the  location  of  on-going  and  proposed  drill  holes  at  the  West  Road  17  prospect,  and  assay 

results of surface channel and grab samples. 

30 

 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

REGIONAL PROJECTS 

Bananghilig Gold Deposit 

There  has  been  no  development  or  material  change  on  the  Bananghilig  Deposit  since  the  Company 
completed  an  exhaustive  two year  (FY2015  and  FY2016)  review  of  the  Bananghilig  B1  (“Bananghilig”)  gold 
deposit which resulted in a mineral resource estimate reported in 2016 in accordance with the guidelines of 
JORC 2012.  

The total Indicated and Inferred Mineral Resources for the Bananghilig Gold Deposit, at a block cut-off grade 
of  0.75  g/t  gold  for  Indicated  (open-pit  material),  and  3.0  g/t  gold  for  Inferred  (underground  material),  is 
estimated at 7.78 million tonnes at a grade of 1.73 g/t gold (435,000 ounces contained gold). The details of the 
study have been reported by the Company in September 2016.  

Saugon Gold Deposit 

The Saugon Inferred Mineral Resource (81,500 tonnes at a grade of 5.97 g/t gold for a total of 15,700 ounces 
contained  gold)  has  remained  unchanged  from  2013.  This  information  was  prepared  and  initially  disclosed 
under JORC 2004. There have been no material changes since it was last reported. 

EEXXPPLLOORRAATTIIOONN  --  OOTTHHEERR  AARREEAASS  

QUEENSLAND EPITHERMAL GOLD & COPPER PROJECT 

The Company announced on 5 July 2018 that it had entered into an Earn-in-Agreement (“EIA”) with Ellenkay 
Gold Pty Limited (“Ellenkay”) regarding two exploration projects in Central Queensland, Australia.  

The Hill 212 (EPM 26217) exploration project, an epithermal gold-silver opportunity located approximately 30 
km  east  of  Mt  Coolon  and  the  Mt  Clark  West  (EPM  26008)  exploration  project,  a  copper-gold  opportunity 
located approximately 24 km north-west of Nebo.  

Medusa has completed drill testing of priority targets at both projects, with no significant results returned. After 
evaluating all results of the first round of exploration and drilling from both projects, the Company discontinued 
exploration  programmes  associated  with  the  next  phase  of  the  EIA  with  Ellenkay.  On  19  November  2019 
Medusa announced to the ASX that it had withdrawn from the EIA. 

OTHER AREAS 
The  Company  continues  to  evaluate  opportunities  within  the  Asia  Pacific  Region  with  the  objective  of 
achieving of growing the Company’s portfolio. 

  Figure 9.   Country and regional area of interest considered in project generation. 

31 

 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

TTEENNEEMMEENNTTSS    
The Company tenement portfolio is in good standing, and comprises of 17 tenements with a combined area of 
412  km2  (Figure  11).  This  includes  4  granted  tenements  and  13  tenement  applications.  Of  the  granted 
tenements,  3  are  currently  in  the  exploration  stage,  and  1  covering  the  Co-O  Mine  area  is  in  the  operation 
stage. 

 Figure 10.  Status of tenement holdings at end June 2020. 

Of  the  Company’s  pipeline  of  13  tenement  applications  (Figures  9  &  10),  7  tenement  applications  (i.e.  3 
APSAs and 4 EPAs) where reviewed during the COVID-19 quarantine period from late March to June 2020 as 
part of the rationalisation of tenement applications.   

These  tenements  include  APSA  77,  APSA  98,  APSA  88,  EPA  66,  EPA  69,  EPA  114  and  EPA  186. 
Preliminary  results  noted  that  APSA  77,  APSA  98  and  EPA  114  are  the  ones  of  geologic  interest  and 
prospectivity.  Together  with  APSA  12,  these  4  comprise  the  priority  tenement  applications  actively  being 
followed up with MGB for approval.  

32 

 
 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

Figure 11.  The Company’s exploration pipeline of tenement application for CY 2020. 

APSA 77 and APSA 98 are adjacent contiguous tenement applications located roughly 15km north of Co-O 
Mines.    It  is  an  active  small-scale  mining  (“SSM”)  area,  which  have  been  the  focus  of  sporadic  exploration 
activities  by  PMC  from  2006  until  2016.  5  prospects  has  been  identified  -  namely  Usa,  Matanog,  Alikway, 
Kaborobohan and Umbon, with gold mineralisation associated with  gold-copper porphyry (Usa and Alikway), 
epithermal veins (Matanog, Kaborobohan and Umbon), and Copper-gold skarn (Usa and Alikway).   

EPA  114,  on  the  other  hand  is  contiguous  with  MPSA  262  Parcel  2  where  the  RCV  Gold  Project  and  the 
Sinug-ang prospects are located.  Both are historical SSM sites that remain active to the present time.  Sinug-
ang has a target potential of 150,000 ounces to 600,000 ounces gold along a 1,500 metres strike length with 
RCV as its northern most vein segment. 

The  Company  received  notice  on  11  November  2019  from  the  MGB  Region  XIII  office  on  the  provisional 
approval of its exploration permit application (“EPA”) covering EXPA-000066-XIII (EPA-066).  Final approval of 
the  EPA  is  subject  to  meeting  several  provisions  that  includes  amendment  of  the  tenement  boundary  to 
exclude  areas  previously  designated  for  non-mining  landuse  zones  by  local  government  units,  and 
consequently  revision  of  the  exploration  (“ExWP”)  and  environmental  (“EnWP”)  work  programs  and  cost 
estimates, including the incorporation of baseline environmental studies. The ExWP and EnWP covering the 
amended  tenement  boundary  of  EXPA-000066-XIII  (EPA-066)  has  been  completed,  and  revised  tenement 
boundary is under review by MGB’s deputised geodetic engineer. 

33 

 
 
 
  
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

SSSUUUSSSTTTAAAIIINNNAAABBBIIILLLIIITTTYYY   

The  Company  believes  that  its  business  should  be  founded  on  3  key  components  that  encompass  our 
commitment  to  all  stakeholders.  Improvements  are  still  being  made  to  organisational  coherence,  proper 
internal procedures, regular checks and balances, performance and efficiencies. The 3 key components are: 

❑  Health and Safety; 

❑  Environmental Protection, Management and Monitoring; and 

❑  Corporate Social Responsibility. 

HHEEAALLTTHH  AANNDD  SSAAFFEETTYY  

Safety and Health Programs have been implemented at all our sites to manage the Safety and  Health of all 
personnel  working  on  those  sites.  These  programs  go  beyond  compliance  with  existing  regulations  with  its 
continuous reviews and policy amendments. 

The  majority  of  the  people  involved  in  our  operations  and  projects  are  based  at  the  Philsaga  Mining 
Corporation sites, which includes site contractors and suppliers. 

These Safety and Health programs include: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

General Safety and Health rules and specialised work rules for handling hot works, lifting activities, etc; 

Provision of Management and Employee Safety Training to ensure competency on safe work practices; 

Regular  and  comprehensive  medical  surveillance  to  monitor  the  health  conditions  of  personnel 
reporting and leaving work; 

Refresher Courses for Employees assigned in relatively high-risk designations; 

Systematic planned inspections in order address unsafe conditions in all workplaces; 

Comprehensive  emergency  preparedness  planning,  monthly  training,  and  programming  at  mine  and 
mill sites, including quarterly fire and earthquake responsiveness drills; 

Hazard  prevention  and  control,  through  improved  hazard  awareness  training,  program  of  workplace 
inspections,  Job  Hazard  Analyses,  thorough  investigation  of  incidents,  continual  communication  with 
the workforce, and implementation of the corrective/improvement actions; 

Continued regular training for the Emergency Response Team (“ERT”) e.g. chemical spill, mine rescue 
and firefighting, with the teams participating in annual national competitions; 

Development and implementation of a system and operational audits; and 

Greater focus on completion of improvement action plans. 

The  12-month  Total  Reportable  Injury  Frequency  Rate  for  FY2020  was  1.5  per  million-man  hours  which  is 
significantly down from last year (2 per million-man hours). 

Unfortunately,  two  occurrences  of  fatalities  were  experienced  during  FY2020  and  a  third since  1  July  2020. 
During February 2020 two underground contractor personnel were fatally injured at the Co-O mine due to a 
rock fall accident. On 25 August 2020, the Company notified the ASX of a fatal accident at Co-O mine when 
an employee was electrocuted during an inspection process of submersible pumps at the underground Main 
pump station.  

As a result of the first incident, a more in- depth review of underground geotechnical conditions was done for 
all workplaces. Stricter policies for unsafe acts were also implemented and more frequent safety inspections 
for  critical  areas  were  established.  This  was  adopted  in  tandem  with  the  continuous  provision  of  refresher 
courses for miners. The Company is deeply saddened by the incidents and continues to provide support to the 
families of the victims.  

The  Company  hospital  has  been  operating  as  a  fully  staffed  and  functional  hospital  during  the  year  with 
services available for all Company personnel, their families and local community residents. 

34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

Photo 1. Firefighting Training with Bureau of Fire Protection 

Photo 2. First-Aid Training with Philippine Red Cross 

Photo 3. Quarterly Basic Occupational Safety and Health (BOSH) and Basic Behavioral Safety (BBS) Training 

Photo 4. Chemical Spill Training and Simulation 

35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

Photo 5. Quarterly Earthquake and Fire Drill  

EENNVVIIRROONNMMEENNTTAALL  PPRROOTTEECCTTIIOONN,,  MMAANNAAGGEEMMEENNTT  AANNDD  
MMOONNIITTOORRIINNGG  

Co-O Gold Project Environmental Conditions  

The Company’s Co-O Gold Mine with its own processing plant has established its environmental management 
strategies  to  comply  with  the  mandates  of  the  relevant  regulating  bodies.  The  continual  mining  operation, 
though expanding to different levels, has only minimal surface disturbed areas. The Company’s environmental 
protection  and  enhancement  program  and  environmental  mitigating  measures  ensured  that  the  tenement’s 
land, air and water resources were responsibly managed. 

The Company’s thrust to reduce its carbon footprint is continuously conducted. At the end of 2019, a total of 
1,755  hectare  -  plantation  was  established  with  1,102,671  seedlings  planted.  The  established  plantation  is 
estimated  to  sequester  189,804.64  tonnes  of  carbon,  which  compensates  2019’s  carbon  emission  of 
47,990.59 tonnes of CO2 emission from the mill and mine operations. The land resource rehabilitation effort 
was  conducted  not  only  at  the  direct  impact  areas  within  the  tenement  but  also  in  host  and  neighbouring 
communities. 

  Plate 1.  Established Plantation within the Tenement 

36 

 
 
 
   
   
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

Land Resource Management 

In the recent year, the company established 140  - hectare fruit tree plantation at Brgy. Bayugan 3, Rosario, 
and Brgy. Consuelo, Bunawan, all in Agusan del Sur. Grafted Rambutan (Nephelium lappaceum), Lansones 
(Lansium domesticum), Durian (Durio zebithenus) were planted at the established sites.  

One  of  the  major  collaborations  the  Local  Government  Unit  took  off  this  year  in  line  with  Philippine 
Government’s  Adopt-a-Watershed  Program,  which  aims  to  preserve  and  protect  the  locality’s  water  source. 
The 20 – hectare buffer zone at Maputi Watershed in Rosario, Agusan del Sur, was planted with indigenous 
forest trees such as white lauan (Shorea contorta) and Molave (Vitex parviflora) to enhance plant density at 
the  proposed  watersheds.  This  program  covers  the  plantation  establishment  and  plantation  maintenance 
activities  for  the  next  three  years.    While  within  the  Company’s  tenements,  enhancement  planting,  slope 
stabilisation and landscaping works are continuously managed. 

 Plate 2.  Established Fruit Trees Outside Tenements 

Plate 3.  Landscaping at the Mill and Mine Site 

Moreover, the Company continuously maintained the 5 – hectare Mangrove Reforestation site at Brgy. Wakat, 
Barobo, Surigao del Sur. Seedling donation thrust also reached to 65,410 various fruit and indigenous forest 
seedlings donated to the community, private and government agencies in support to its greening endeavours. 

Plate 4.  Mangrove Reforestation at Barobo, Surigao del Sur 

37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

Plate 5.  Agroforest Nursery 

Meanwhile, the company’s Agroforest Nursery is continuously operating to support planting stock requirement 
in all reforestation/greening activities of the company and its stakeholders. The nursery established at the mill 
and mine sites cater up to 150,000 seedlings and 50,000 seedlings, respectively. 

Water Resource Management 

Adopt-a-Creek Program 

In support to the Environmental Management Bureau’s flagship program in the protection of the water bodies, 
the  Company  subscribes  to  its  Adopt-a-Creek  Program  by adopting  three  water  bodies  traversing  within  the 
mill  and  mine  operation  as  well  as  to  its  adjacent  areas  namely-  Agsao  Creek,  Bayugan  3  Creek  and  Co-O 
Creek. Activities to maintain and enhance water quality includes creek clean up and riparian enhancement by 
planting narra and bamboo along the embankment or the waterbody. Information Education Communication 
(IEC) campaigns were conducted to the community and/resident near the water body to reiterate the value of 
water resources.  

Plate 6.  Co-O Creek riparian enhancement 

For this year, extending its thrust in the protection of the water bodies including its neighbouring community, 
the Company subscribes to Rivers for Life, a collaborative project in the adoption of identified water bodies in 
partnership with the Department of Environment and Natural Resources  - Regional Office XIII (DENR RXII), 
Provincial  Environment  and  Natural  Resources-  Agusan  del  Sur  (“PENRO-ADS”),  Community  Environment 
and Natural Resources - Bunawan (“CENRO-Bunawan”) and Municipal Local Government of Sta. Josefa. The 
program aims to improve the water quality of Simulao River adopting its 2  km stretch through the conduct of 
solid waste management strategies, information education campaign, enhancement of riparian vegetation and 
conduct of water quality monitoring to continually assess the effectiveness of the actions implemented. 

38 

 
 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

Environmental Monitoring 

The  Company  continually  conducts  monitoring  and  sampling  in  terms  of  emission  to  water,  air,  and  noise, 
based  on  Environmental  Management  Bureau’s  approved  Environmental  Monitoring  Plan.  On  a  monthly 
basis,  water  samples  were  collected  at  identified  sampling  station  for  analyses  of  physical  -  chemical  and 
heavy  metals  contaminant,  while  on  a  quarterly  basis  ambient  air  is  sampled  for  emission  of  air  pollutants 
such as Total Suspended Particulates (“TSP”), PM10, CO, NOx, and SOx. Stationary sources of air pollutants 
such  as  generator  sets,  scrubbers  for  hydrochloric  Acid,  Lead  and  Nitrogen  Oxide  as  well  as  Boilers  were 
sampled in a semi – annual basis. Samples analysed were within the standard set by the DENR. 

Plate 7.  Water Quality Monitoring 

ISO 14001 

On February 17 to 20, the TUV Rheiland, an ISO 140001:2015 certifying body conducted its surveillance audit 
to  the  operating  companies,  Philsaga  Mining  Corporation  (PMC)  and  Mindanao  Mineral  Processing  and 
Refining  Corporation  (MMPRC),  to  assess  the  companies’  continued  compliance  with  the  environmental 
management  systems  standard.  Both  companies  were  commended  on  sustaining  the  mandatory  ISO 
standards via its compliance and implementation regarding EMS. First cycle internal audit was also conducted 
in June 2020 ensuring that established systems were being sustained. During the  two week audit, all health 
protocols were adhered to minimise the spread of COVID-19.  

CCOORRPPOORRAATTEE  SSOOCCIIAALL  RREESSPPOONNSSIIBBIILLIITTYY  

Education 

Scholarships 

The company continued its commitment to provide opportunities to less privileged students from its host and 
neighbouring communities who wish to pursue their tertiary courses.  
The program  provides  assistance  to  scholars  through  Full Scholarship  grants,  Half  Scholarship  grants  and 
Educational Assistance. 

Several  of  the  scholars  that  graduated  have  chosen  to  work  as  teachers  at  Philsaga  High  School 
Foundation. Some were also invited to work for either PMC or MMPRC. This is an excellent overall result for 
the individuals, their families, the local communities and the Company. 

Picture 1.  Scholars who graduated 

39 

 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

Company Schools and Adopt-a-School programme 

In prior years, the Company supported the Philsaga High School Foundation  which is located close to the 
mill site. In addition, it continued its “adopt-a-school” programme since July 2013 and currently supporting 
13  Elementary  and  Primary  schools  in  areas  of  Rosario  and  Bunawan  municipalities  until  2021.  This 
program provides school supplies and health kits to the students and instructional materials for the teachers 
and staff of each adopted schools. 

Health 

Supplemental Feeding 

PMC  and  MMPRC  through  their  Social  Development  and  Management  Program  conducted  Supplemental 
Feeding  which  benefits  60  undernourished  children  aged  less  than  12  months  old.    The  activity  was 
conducted with the coordination of the Municipal Nutrition Officer of Bunawan and Rural Health Unit Office of 
the municipality. 

Medical Mission 

The Company continued to support the Annual Medical Outreach Activities conducted in Barangay Bayugan 
3  in  partnership  with  the  Rural  Health  Unit  of  Rosario.  These  services  include  providing  Medical 
Consultation, Dental Extraction and Health Profiling. Over 800 members from the community have benefitted 
from the ongoing free medical consultation and medicines provided by Philsaga Mining Hospital.  

 Picture 2.  Medical Outreach Program at PMC Mill Clinic and Bayugan 3 Health Centre. 

Enterprise Development and Networking  

PMC’s  and  MMPRC’s  Livelihood  Programs  are  focused  on  building  partnerships,  empowering  individuals, 
and  promoting  stakeholder  accountability  to  help  build  self-reliant  and  sustainable  communities.  Projects 
implemented  under  the  Livelihood  Program  vary  from  animal  husbandry  and  agronomy  to  establishing 
cooperatives  for  small-scale  trading.  This  allows  stakeholders  the  opportunity  to  mature  as  self  sufficient 
entrepreneurs while improving on their business acumen with the support of technical expertise provided or 
facilitated by the Company.  

These  programs  involve  working  with  local,  regional  and  national  authorities,  local  associations  and  local 
people to assist them in developing knowledge and skills to establish small businesses.  

This includes providing training in value formation, business enterprise development, project management, 
simple bookkeeping and specialised production and business training.  

New  businesses  assisted  this  year  include  coconut  plantation,  water  refilling  station,  tilapia  production, 
Agrifarm input and farm machinery rentals and land rental. 

Picture 3.  Water Pump Rentals for Water Refilling Stations of Brgy. Poblacion and Brgy. Mambalili, Farmers Association 

40 

 
 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

Infrastructure Development and Support Services 

PMC  and  MMPRC  have  supported  programs  that  have  improved  the  infrastructure  and  facilities  within  the 
communities  surrounding  the  operations.  In  addition  to  previously  mentioned  projects  the  Company  has 
assisted in; 

•     The establishment of water system at Barangay’s San Andres, Nueva Era, Bunawan Brook & Imelda all 
in Bunawan, Agusan del Suro. Since the facility is being established, water service expansion will serve 
to at least 758 households. Other households not connected have been provided access to stand posts 
for water are installed in every Puroks.  

•  Solar Drier being constructed in Purok 7 Barangay Imelda, BADS. The Solar Drier will be utilised by the 

farmers within the community for drying their palay and corn product.  

Picture 4.   Reservoir for water system at Sitio 

Picture 5.   Water Tank Collector for water system of Nueva Era 

Tagbayangbang, Bunawan Brook, BADS 

Elem. School - Nueva Era, Bunawan, BADS 

Picture 6.  Solar Drier at Purok 7 Brgy. Imelda, BADS 

Picture 7.   Pipelines (PE HOSE) water system of   
Brgy. San NDRES, BADS 

41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

JJOORRCC  22001122  CCOOMMPPLLIIAANNCCEE  --  CCOONNSSEENNTTSS  OOFF  CCOOMMPPEETTEENNTT  PPEERRSSOONNSS  

Medusa Mining Limited  

Information in this report relating to  Exploration Results and all geological work on Co-O Mineral Resources 
and  Bananghilig  Mineral  Resources,  Saugon  and  TSF  #1  Tailings  Project  has  been  reviewed  by  Mr  James 
Llorca, and is based on information compiled by Philsaga Mining Corporation's Co-O mine-site and exploration 
technical personnel.  

Mr Llorca is a Fellow of The Australian Institute of Geoscientists (AIG), a Fellow of the Australasian Institute of 
Mining  and  Metallurgy  (AusIMM),  and  a  Chartered  Professional  in  Geology  with  the  AusIMM.  Mr  Llorca  is 
General  Manager of Geology and Resources, and is a full-time employee of Medusa Mining Limited, and is 
entitled  to  participate  in  the  company’s  long-term  incentive  plan,  details  of  which  are  included  in  Medusa’s 
2020 Remuneration Report. Mr. Llorca has more than 35 years of sufficient experience which is relevant to the 
styles  of  mineralisation  and  type  of  deposit  under  consideration  and  to  the  activities  for  which  he  is 
undertaking to qualify as a “Competent Person” as defined in the 2012 Edition of the “Australasian Code for 
Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves.”  

Mr  Llorca  consents  to  the  inclusion  in  the  report  of  the  matters  based  on  his  information  in  the  form  and 
context in which it appears. 

Carras Mining Pty Ltd  

Information  in  this  report  relating  to  Co-O  Mineral  Resources,  Co-O  Ore  Reserves  and  Bananghilig  Mineral 
Resources is based on information compiled by Dr Spero Carras of Carras Mining Pty Ltd, who worked at the 
Co-O mine-site with Philsaga geologists and engineers.  

Dr  Carras  is  a  Fellow  of  the  Australasian  Institute  of  Mining  &  Metallurgy  and  has  more  than  30  years  of 
experience which is relevant to the style of mineralisation and type of deposit under consideration and to the 
activity  which  he  is  undertaking  to  qualify  as  a  Competent  Person  as  defined  in  the  2012  Edition  of  the 
“Australasian Code for Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves”.  

Dr  Carras  consents  to  the  inclusion  in  the  report  of  the  matters  based  on  his  information  in  the  form  and 
context in which it appears. Since 2016, Dr Carras was retained by Medusa Mining Ltd to assist in defining the 
requirements of Co-O underground infrastructure and its implementation. 

Forward Looking Statements: 

This  report  contains  certain  forward-looking  statements.  The  words  'anticipate',  'believe',  'expect',  'project',  'forecast', 
'estimate',  'likely',  'intend',  'should',  'could',  'may',  'target',  'plan'  and  other  similar  expressions  are  intended  to  identify 
forward-looking statements. Indications of, and guidance on, future earnings and financial position and performance are also 
forward-looking statements.  

Such  forward-looking  statements  are  not  guarantees  of  future  performance  and  involve  known  and  unknown  risks, 
uncertainties and other factors, many of which are beyond the control of Medusa, and its officers, employees, agents and 
associates, that may cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied in such statements.  

Actual results, performance or outcomes may differ materially from any projections and forward-looking statements and the 
assumptions on which those assumptions are based.  

You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements and neither Medusa nor any of its directors, employees, 
servants or agents assume any obligation to update such information. 

42 

 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

Medusa Mining Limited  ("Medusa"  or  "the  Company"),  as  a  listed  entity, must  comply  with  the  Corporations 
Act  2001  (Cth)  ("Corporations  Act"),  the  Australian  Securities  Exchange  ("ASX")  Listing Rules  ("ASX  Listing 
Rules") and other Australian and international legal, regulatory and governance requirements. 

The Board of Directors of the Company ("Board") is committed to achieving and maintaining high standards of 
corporate governance.  The Board operates in accordance with a set of corporate governance principles that 
take  into  account  relevant  practice  recommendations,  having  regard  to  the  particular  circumstances  of  the 
Company’s business, operations and the interests of its shareholders and other stakeholders.  These include 
the  ASX  Corporate  Governance  Council’s  ("ASXCGC") third  edition  of  the  Corporate  Governance  Principles 
and Recommendations ("ASX Principles"). 

The Company's practices are largely consistent with the recommendations set out in the ASX Principles and, 
except  as  disclosed  below,  the  Company  believes  it  complied  with  each  of  those  recommendations 
throughout  the  financial  year  ended  30  June  2020  and  to  the  date  of  this  statement.    Details  of  the 
Company's compliance with the ASX Principles are set out below, including details of specific disclosures 
required by the ASX Principles. 

This statement is current as at 21 September 2020 and has been approved by the Board. Further information 
on  the  Company’s  corporate  governance  policies  and  practices  is  publicly  available  on  the  Corporate 
Governance Section of the Company’s website at www.medusamining.com.au. 

1. 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS 

Role and Responsibilities of the Board 

ASX Principles, Recommendations 1.1, 1.3 

The Board has adopted a Board Charter that sets out, among other things, its specific powers, duties 
and responsibilities, as well as matters delegated to the Chief Executive Officer or Managing Director 
(as applicable) and those specifically reserved for the Board.  

The Board’s primary role is to guide and monitor the business and affairs of the Group on behalf of the 
shareholders by whom the Board is elected and to whom it is accountable. 

In  addition  to  matters  required  by  law  to  be  approved  by  the  Board,  there  are  certain  duties  and 
responsibilities reserved for the Board under the Board Charter.  These include:  

•  overseeing the Company, including its control and accountability systems; 

•  appointing  and  removing  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  (“CEO”),  or  any  Managing  Director  or 

Executive Director (as applicable) in respect of his or her executive role; 

• 

ratifying the appointment and removal of the Company Secretary; 

•  assisting with the development of and approving the Company's corporate strategy; 

•  assisting  with  the  development  of  and  approving  the  Company's  annual  operating  and  capital 

budget; 

•  approving and monitoring the progress of acquisitions/divestments; 

•  monitoring compliance with all legal and regulatory obligations; 

• 

reviewing and ratifying systems of risk management and internal compliance and controls, codes 
of conduct, continuous disclosure, legal compliance and other significant corporate policies; 

•  monitoring  management’s  performance  and  implementation  of  strategy  and  policies,  ensuring 

appropriate resources are available; and 

•  approving  and  monitoring  financial  and  other  reporting  to  the  market,  shareholders,  employees 

and other stakeholders. 

The  Board  has  delegated  responsibilities  for  the  day  to  day  operational,  corporate,  financial  and 
administrative  activities  of  the  Group  to  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  or  Managing  Director  (as 
applicable) and the Chief Financial Officer.  

A  copy  of  the  Company's  Board  Charter  is  available  on  the  Corporate  Governance  page  of  the 
Company’s website at www.medusamining.com.au. 

Agreements with Directors and Senior Executives 

•  The Board Charter provides that: a new Director will receive a formal letter of appointment setting 

out the key terms and conditions relative to their appointment; and 

• 

the  Chief  Executive  Officer  must  have  a  formal  employment  agreement  describing  their  term  of 
office, duties, rights and responsibilities, among other things.   

43 

 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

1. 

 BOARD OF DIRECTORS (continued) 

Composition of the Board 

ASX Principles, Recommendations 2.2 and 2.5 

In assessing the composition of the Board, the Directors have regard to the following principles: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the Chairperson should be an independent Non-Executive Director; 

the  role  of  the  Chairperson  and  the  Managing  Director  should  not  be  exercised  by  the  same 
person; 

the  Board  should  comprise  of  at  least  three  Directors,  increasing  where  additional  expertise  is 
considered desirable in certain areas, when an outstanding candidate is identified, or to ensure a 
smooth transition between outgoing and incoming Non-Executive Directors; 

the majority of the Board should comprise independent Non-Executive Directors who satisfy the 
criterion  for  independence  (see  below  for  the  criterion  for  determining  when  a  Director  is 
considered to be independent); and 

the Board should comprise Directors with an appropriate range of skills, qualifications, expertise 
and experience. 

For the time being, the Board has determined that the number of Directors on the Board shall be four, 
currently  comprising  three  Non-Executive  Directors  (Andrew  Teo,  Roy  Daniel  and  Simon  Mottram) 
and one Executive Director (Raul Villanueva).   

The Board reviews its size and composition annually to ensure that it has the appropriate balance of 
skills, qualifications, expertise and experience.  When a vacancy exists, or where the Board considers 
that it would benefit from the services of a new Director with particular skills, qualifications, expertise 
and  experience,  the  Board  will  endeavour  to  select  and  appoint  appropriate  candidates  with  the 
relevant skills, qualifications, expertise and experience. 

The  Board  seeks  to  ensure  that  it  comprises  Directors  having  the  appropriate  mix  of  skills, 
qualifications,  expertise  and  experience  to  operate  effectively  and  efficiently,  and  so  that  it  can 
adequately discharge its responsibilities and duties.  The Board considers that this is achieved by the 
Directors having substantial skills and experience in the following: 

• 

industry knowledge - mineral exploration and marketing, mine development and geology;  

•  accounting, finance and investments - financial reporting, tax and governance; 

• 

legal - legal, risk and regulatory knowledge; and 

•  business  management  -  management  experience,  other  relevant  board  experience  and 

business administration. 

Collectively,  the  Directors  have  a  broad  range  of  skills,  qualifications,  expertise  and  experience 
relevant to the business and operations of the Company, as identified above  - details relevant to the 
position of each Director who is in office at the date of this statement, and the period of office held by 
each Director, is included in the Directors’ Report on pages 53 to 54.  

Section 3 of this Corporate Governance Statement provides further information on the mix of skills and 
diversity the Board seeks to achieve in membership of the Board. 

Directors appointed by the Board are subject to election by shareholders at the next annual general 
meeting following their appointment. All Directors (other than the Managing Director, if applicable) are 
subject to re-election in accordance with the Company's constitution. 

44 

 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

1. 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS (continued) 

Board independence and length of service 

ASX Principles, Recommendations 2.3, 2.4 and 2.5 

The  Board  has  determined  that  Andrew  Teo,  and  Roy  Daniel  and  Simon  Mottram  are  independent 
Non-Executive Directors.  The Board has made this determination having regard to the criteria set out 
below,  and  confirms  that  none  of  its  independent  Directors  has  any  interest,  position,  association  or 
relationship of the type described below.  In addition, the length of service of each Director is set out in 
pages 53 to 54 of the Company's Directors' Report, which forms part of the Annual Report. 

The  Board  is,  therefore,  comprised  of  a  majority  of  independent  Directors.    Further,  the  Board  is 
chaired by Andrew Teo, an independent Non-Executive Director. 

When  determining  whether  a  Director  is  independent,  the  Board  considers  all  relevant  facts  and 
circumstances.   

The Board considers that a Director will be independent if he or she is a person who: 

• 

is not a substantial shareholder of the Company, or an officer of, or otherwise associated directly 
with, a substantial shareholder of the Company; 

•  has not, within the last three years, been employed in an executive capacity by the Company or 

any of its child entities; 

•  has not, within the last three years, been a partner, director or senior employee of a provider of 
material professional services to the Company or any of its child entities or a material consultant 
to the Company, or an employee materially associated with the service provided; 

• 

is not, and has not within the last three years been, in a material business relationship (eg as a 
supplier or customer) with the Company or any of its child entities, or an officer of, or otherwise 
associated with, someone with such a relationship ; 

•  has  no  material  contractual  relationship  with  the  Company  or  its  child  entities,  other  than  as  a 

Director;  

•  does not have close family ties with any person who falls into a category listed directly above;  

•  has not been a Director of the Company for such a period that his or her independence may have 

been compromised; and  

• 

is free from any interest and any business or other relationship which could, or could reasonably 
be  perceived  to,  materially  interfere  with  the  Director's  ability  to  act  in  the  best  interest  of  the 
Company.  

The  Board  does  not  consider  Raul  Villanueva  as  an  independent  Director  because  he  is  currently 
employed in an executive capacity by Medusa as an Executive Director. 

The test of whether a relationship or business is material is based on the nature of the relationship or 
business  and  the  circumstances  and  activities  of  the  Director.    Materiality  is  considered  from  the 
perspective of the Company, the persons or organisations with which the Director has an affiliation and 
from the perspective of the Director.  To assist in assessing the materiality of a supplier or customer 
the Board has adopted the following materiality thresholds: 

•  a material customer is a customer of the Company that accounts for more than 5% of the Group's 

consolidated gross revenue; and 

•  a  supplier  is  material  if  the  Company  accounts  for  more  than  5%  of  the  supplier's  consolidated 

gross revenue. 

Chairperson, Managing Director and Company Secretary 

ASX Principles, Recommendations 1.4 and 2.5 

The roles of Chairperson and Managing Director are separate roles and held by different individuals. 

The  Chairperson,  Andrew  Teo,  is  responsible  for,  among  other  things,  leadership  and  effective 
performance  of  the  Board  and  overseeing  the  provision  of  information  by  management  to  the  Board 
and ensuring the adequacy of that information.  The Managing Director (if applicable) is responsible for 
the day-to-day management of the Company.    

The  Chairperson’s  and  Managing  Director’s  responsibilities  are  set  out  in  more  detail  in  the  Board 
Charter,  which  is  available  on  the  Corporate  Governance  section  of  the  Company’s  Website  at  
www.medusamining.com.au                                                                                                   

The Company Secretary, Peter Alphonso, is responsible for the corporate secretarial functions of the 
Company, financial and statutory reporting and also directing and monitoring all financial aspects of the 
Company's overseas operations.  The decision to appoint or  remove  the  Company  Secretary  is  to  be 
made  by  the  Board,  as  set  out  in  the  Board  Charter,  and  the  Company  Secretary  reports  and  is 
accountable to the Board (through the Chairperson). 

45 

 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

1. 

 BOARD OF DIRECTORS (continued) 

Training and performance evaluation 

ASX Principles, Recommendations 1.6, 1.7 and 2.6 

Under  the  terms  of  the  Company's  Nomination  Committee  Charter,  the  Nomination  Committee 
reviews potential Board candidates' skills, knowledge, and expertise with a view to ensuring that they 
can add value to the Board.  

The Company's Nomination Committee Charter also requires the Nomination Committee to establish 
evaluation  methods  of  rating  the  performance  of  the  Directors  and  to  conduct  assessments  of 
Directors as to whether they have devoted sufficient time in fulfilling their duties as Directors.   

The  Director  evaluation  methods  established  by  the  Company’s  Nomination  Committee  included  a 
review of the performance of the Board and each of its Committees against the requirements of their 
respective  charters  and  the  individual  performances  of  the  Non-Executive  Chairperson  and  each 
Director.  

During  the  reporting  period,  the  Nomination  Committee  met  on  one  occasion  to  evaluate  the 
performance  of  the  Board,  its  Committees  and  individual  Directors  in  accordance  with  the  above 
evaluation process. 

Details  of  the  process  for  evaluating  the  performance  of  Senior  Executives  and  Directors,  and  the 
conduct of that process in the reporting period, are included in the Remuneration Report, which forms 
part of the Directors' Report on pages 57 to 73. 

Board access to independent advice 

Each Director is entitled to seek such independent professional advice as they consider necessary in 
the  furtherance  of his or  her duties  as a  Director  at  the  Company’s  expense.    Any  Director  seeking 
independent  advice  must  first  discuss  the  request  with  the  Chairperson,  who  will  facilitate  obtaining 
such advice. 

Details  of  Directors'  attendance  at  Board  meetings  and  Committee  meetings  are  set  out  in  the 
Directors' Report on page 54. 

2. 

BOARD COMMITTEES 

Nomination Committee 

ASX Principles, Recommendations 1.2 and 2.1 

The Board has established a Nomination Committee, which operates under a Nomination Committee 
Charter  approved  by  the  Board.    A  copy  of  the  Nomination  Committee  Charter  is  available  on  the 
Corporate  Governance  section  of  the  Company’s  website  at  www.medusamining.com.au,  and 
includes details of, among other things, the role and responsibilities, composition and structure of the 
Nomination Committee.  

The  role  of  the  Nomination  Committee  Charter  is  to  assist  the  Board  in  fulfilling  its  corporate 
governance obligations and responsibilities by: 

•  monitoring the size and composition of the Board, including giving due consideration to the value 

of diversity of backgrounds and experiences among the members of the Board; 

• 

• 

recommending individuals for nomination as members of the Board and Committees; and 

reviewing  the  performance  of  the  Board  to  ensure  that  its  members  remain  committed  and  are 
adequately discharging their duties and responsibilities. 

In selecting individuals for nomination as a Director, the Nomination Committee Charter provides that 
the potential candidate will, among other things, have the required skills, knowledge, and expertise to 
add  value  to  the  Board.    In  performing  its  duties  prescribed  under  its  Charter,  the  Nomination 
Committee conducts appropriate checks prior to selecting individuals for nomination, which will include 
checks such as the person's character, experience, education, criminal record and bankruptcy history. 
The  Nomination  Committee  is  empowered  to  engage  external  consultants  in  their  search  for  a  new 
Director.  

46 

 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

2. 

BOARD COMMITTEES (continued) 

Nomination Committee (continued) 

ASX Principles, Recommendations 1.2 and 2.1 (continued) 

The Nomination Committee Charter provides that any notice of general meeting where the election or 
re-election  of  a  Director  (as  the  case  may  be)  is  to  be  put  to  the  Company's  shareholders  should 
include  the  following  information,  so  as  to  enable  shareholders  to  make  an  informed  decision  about 
their election or re-election (as the case may be): 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

biographical  details,  including  competencies  and  qualifications  and  information  sufficient  to 
enable an assessment of the independence of the candidate; 

details of relationship between the candidate and Medusa, as well as Directors of Medusa; 

other Directorships held; 

particulars of other positions which involve significant time commitments; 

the term of office currently served by any Directors subject to re-election;  

any other particulars required by law.  

Such information is also provided by way of ASX announcement when any appointment is made 
by the Board.  

The  Nomination  Committee  consists  of  Andrew  Teo  (as  Chairperson  of  the  Nomination  Committee), 
Roy  Daniel  and  Raul  Villanueva.  The  Nomination  Committee,  therefore,  comprises  a  majority  of 
independent Directors and is chaired by an independent chair.  

Remuneration Committee 

ASX Principles, Recommendations 8.1, 8.2 and 8.3 

The  Board  has  established  a  Remuneration  Committee,  which  operates  under  a  Remuneration 
Committee  Charter  approved  by  the  Board.    A  copy  of  the  Remuneration  Committee  Charter  is 
available 
at 
www.medusamining.com.au, and includes details of, among other things, the role and responsibilities, 
composition and structure of the Remuneration Committee. 

the  Corporate  Governance 

the  Company’s  website 

page 

on 

of 

The  role  of  the  Remuneration  Committee  is  to  assist  the  Board  in  fulfilling  its  corporate  governance 
responsibilities  with  respect  to  remuneration  by  reviewing  and  making  appropriate  recommendations 
on: 

• 

the  remuneration  packages  of  Executive  Directors,  Non-Executive  Directors  and  Senior 
Executives; 

•  employee  incentive  plans  and  benefit  programs,  including  the  appropriateness  of  performance 

hurdles and total payments proposed; 

• 

remuneration, recruitment, retention and termination policies and procedures; 

•  superannuation arrangements; 

•  employee equity-based plans and schemes; and 

• 

remuneration by gender  

The  members  of  the  Remuneration  Committee,  who  are  all  Non-Executive  Directors,  are  Roy  Daniel 
(as  Chairperson  of  the  Remuneration  Committee)  and  Andrew  Teo.  The  Remuneration  Committee, 
therefore,  comprises  a  majority  of  independent  Directors  and  is  chaired  by  an  independent  chair  as 
recommended by ASXCGC Recommendation 8.1.   

The  Board's  policy  is  that  reviews  of  remuneration  packages  and  policies  applicable  to  Executive 
Directors, Non-Executive Directors and Senior Executives are to be conducted on an annual basis by 
the Remuneration Committee.   

Details  on  the  Company's  remuneration  policies,  including  how  the  structure  of  the  remuneration  of 
Non-Executive  Directors  is  distinguished  from  that  of  Executive  Directors and  Senior  Executives,  are 
included in the Remuneration Report, which forms part of the Directors’ Report on pages 57 to 73. No 
schemes  for  the  provision  of  retirement  benefits,  other  than  the  provision  of  superannuation,  are 
provided by the Company for the benefit of Non-Executive Directors. 

Consistent  with  section  206J  of  the  Corporations  Act,  it  is  the  Company's  policy  to  prohibit  Directors 
and  Senior  Executives  from  dealing  in  financial  products  issued  or  created  over  or  in  respect  of  the 
Company's  securities  (eg  hedges  or  derivatives),  where  that  dealing  has  the  effect  of  reducing  or 
eliminating the risk associated with any equity incentives that the Company may offer from time to time.   

A copy of the Company's Share Trading Policy is available on the Corporate Governance section of the 
Company’s website at www.medusamining.com.au.  

47 

 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

2. 

 BOARD COMMITTEES (continued) 

Audit Committee 

ASX Principles, Recommendation 4.1 

The  Board  has  established  an  Audit  Committee,  which  operates  under  an  Audit  Committee  Charter 
approved  by  the  Board.    A  copy  of  the  Audit  Committee  Charter  is  available  on  the  Corporate 
Governance  section  of  the  Company’s  website  at  www.medusamining.com.au,  and  includes  details 
of,  among  other  things,  the  role  and  responsibilities,  composition  and  structure  of  the  Audit 
Committee. 

The role of the Audit Committee is to assist the Board to meet its oversight responsibilities in relation 
to  the  Company's  financial  reporting,  compliance  with  legal  and  regulatory  requirements,  internal 
control framework and audit functions.  

The Audit Committee's role also includes assessing the performance of the external auditor and, as 
appropriate,  making  recommendations  to  the  Board  on  the  appointment,  re-appointment  or 
replacement of the external auditor.   

The  members  of  the  Audit  Committee,  who  are  all  Non-Executive  Directors,  are  Roy  Daniel 
(Chairperson of the Audit Committee) Andrew Teo and Simon Mottram.  The composition of the Audit 
Committee is entirely made up of independent Directors and is chaired by an independent chair, who 
is not the chair of the Board, as recommended by ASXCGC Recommendation 4.1.   

Details  of  the  qualifications  of  each  member  of  the  Audit  Committee  are  included  in  the  Directors’ 
Report on page 53. 

Safety, Health and Environmental Committee 

The Board has established a Safety, Health and Environmental Committee, which operates under a 
Safety, Health and Environmental Committee Charter approved by the Board.   

A  copy  of  the  Safety,  Health  and  Environmental  Committee  Charter  is  available  on  the  Corporate 
Governance section of the Company’s website at www.medusamining.com.au. 

The role of the Safety, Health and Environmental Committee is to provide oversight of the Company's 
policies  and  systems  relating  to  safety,  health  and  the  environment,  as  well  as  target  high  safety, 
health  and  environmental  performance  and  best  practices.    The  Safety,  Health  and  Environmental 
Committee is mandated by the Board to: 

• 

facilitate company-wide communication of a high-performance safety, health and environmental 
culture and an awareness of seeking best practice and measurable goals; 

•  ensure adequate resources are available to management to implement appropriate safety, health 

and environment systems; 

•  oversee  management  implementation  of  a  safety,  health  and  environment  performance 
measurement  system  that  can  determine  safety,  health  and  environment  performance  and 
whether there is continuous improvement; 

•  use  safety,  health  and  environment  performance  measures  to  monitor  compliance  with  legal 
requirements  and  internal  targets,  as  well  as  to  communicate  Medusa's  safety,  health  and 
environmental commitment to shareholders, stakeholders and employees; 

•  oversee  management  implementation  of  a  safety,  health  and  environment  compliance  audit 
programme,  including evaluation  of  risk  exposures  and control  actions  and  also  receive  regular 
reports  of  the  impact  of  proposed  regulatory  changes,  material  claims  and  ways  to  achieve 
continuous improvement in the areas of safety, health and environment; 

• 

receive  quarterly  safety,  health  and  environment  performance  reports  from  management  that 
include  environmental,  health  and  safety  issues  of  a  material  nature,  details  of  accidents  and 
incidents and statistics concerning relative performance and continuous improvement; and 

•  provide feedback to management of safety, health and environment goals, policies, practices and 

systems. 

The Safety, Health and Environmental Committee consisted of Raul Villanueva (as Chairperson of the 
Safety, Health and Environmental Committee), Andrew Teo, Roy Daniel and Simon Mottram.  

48 

 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

3. 

PROMOTING ETHICAL AND RESPONSIBLE DECISION MAKING 

Code of Conduct 

ASX Principles, Recommendation 3.1 

The  Company  has  a  formal  Code  of  Conduct,  which  outlines  the  Company's  commitment  to 
appropriate ethical and responsible decision making and corporate practices.   

The Code of Conduct describes how the Company expects its Directors and employees to behave  in 
the conduct of the Company's business activities.  The Code of Conduct covers matters including:  

•  general principles; 

•  compliance with laws and regulations; 

•  political contributions; 

•  unacceptable payments; 

•  giving or receiving gifts; 

•  protection of Company assets; 

•  proper accounting; 

•  dealing with auditors; 

•  unauthorised public statements; 

•  conflict of interest; 

• 

• 

the use of confidential information; 

trading of the Company’s shares; 

•  alcohol and drug abuse; 

•  equal opportunity and employee discrimination, 

•  environmental responsibilities; 

•  occupational health and safety; and 

•  economy and efficiency. 

All  employees  are  required  to  comply  with  the  Code  of  Conduct.    Any  breach  of  applicable  laws, 
prevailing  business  ethics  or  other  aspects  of  the  Code  of  Conduct  will  result  in  disciplinary  action, 
which  may  include,  depending  on  the  severity  of  the  breach,  termination  of  employment.    Under  the 
Code  of  Conduct,  all  employees  are  requested  to  report  immediately  any  circumstances  which  may 
involve  deviation  from  the  Code  of  Conduct  to  the  Managing  Director  or  Company  Secretary  of  the 
Company, who are responsible for investigating and reporting any unethical practices to the Board.   

A  copy  of  the  Code  of  Conduct  is  available  on  the  Corporate  Governance  section  of  the  Company’s 
website at www.medusamining.com.au. 

Diversity Policy 

ASX Principles, Recommendations 1.5 and 2.2 

Recommendation  1.5  of  the  ASX  Principles  provides  that  a  company  should  establish  a  policy 
concerning  diversity  and  disclose  that  policy  or  a  summary  of  it.    Such  a  policy  is  to  include 
requirements  for  the  Board  to  establish  measurable  objectives  for  achieving  gender  diversity  for  the 
Board to assess annually in respect of both the objectives and progress in achieving them. 

The  Board  is  committed  to  engaging  directors,  management  and  employees  with  the  highest 
qualifications, skills and experience to develop a cohesive team that is best placed to achieve business 
success  regardless  of  age,  nationality,  race,  gender,  religious  beliefs,  sexuality,  physical  ability  or 
cultural  background.  The  Board  has  not  adopted  a  formal  diversity  policy  as  recommended  by 
Recommendation  1.5  of  the  ASX  Principles  as  it  believes  its  current  processes  and  policies  for 
recruitment  and  appointment  are  appropriate  and  adequately  take  into  account  diversity  among  a 
number  of  factors  considered  by  the  Company  in  ensuring  its  Directors  and  workforce  have  an 
appropriate mix of qualifications, experience and expertise. The Board does, however, recognise that 
diversity  makes  an important  contribution  to  corporate  success  and  the  Company  considers  diversity 
as one of a number of factors when seeking to appoint Directors, filling Senior Management roles and 
positions  and  reviewing  recruitment,  retention  and  management  practices,  notwithstanding  the 
absence of a formal diversity policy.   

49 

 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

3. 

PROMOTING ETHICAL AND RESPONSIBLE DECISION MAKING (continued) 

Diversity Policy (continued) 

ASX Principles, Recommendations 1.5 and 2.2 (continued) 

Recommendation  1.5  of  the  ASX  Principles  provides  that  a  company  should  disclose  in  its  annual 
report the measurable objectives for achieving gender diversity set by the board in accordance with the 
diversity policy and its progress towards achieving them.  The Board has not at this stage adopted a 
formal  diversity  policy  for  the  reasons  set  out  above  and,  consequently,  has  not  set  measurable 
objectives  under  such  a  policy.    The  Board  considers  that  it  is  not  necessary  to  set  measurable 
objectives for achieving gender diversity as recommended by the ASX Principles.   

While  the  Company  considers  diversity  is  important,  the  priority  for  the  Company  when  recruiting  is 
ensuring  an  appropriate  mix  of  qualifications,  experience  and  expertise  regardless  of  age,  however, 
generally  make  it  clear  when  seeking  to  appoint  additional  Directors,  senior  management  and 
employees  that  women  are  encouraged  to  apply  for  roles  and  that  the  Company  is  an  equal 
opportunity employer. 

In accordance with Recommendation 1.5 of the ASX Principles, the Medusa workforce gender profile is 
set out in the following table:  

Role type 

Technical 

Supervisory / professional 

Middle management 

Senior Management 

Total 

Board members 

Female 

Female % 

26 

55 

22 

1 

104 

- 

25% 

53% 

21% 

1% 

23% 

- 

Male 

33 

254 

57 

11 

355 

4 

Male% 

9% 

72% 

16% 

3% 

77% 

100% 

For  the  purposes  of  the  above  table,  "Senior  Management"  includes  executives  as  well  as  senior 
personnel that play a significant role in management of the operations.  

Share Trading Policy 

Whilst the Board encourages its Directors and employees to own securities in the Company, it is also 
mindful  of  the  responsibility  of  the  Company,  its  Directors  and  employees  not  to  contravene  the 
Corporation Act's "insider trading" provisions.  

The Board has approved a Share Trading Policy that applies to all Directors and all employees of the 
Company.  In  summary,  the  policy  prohibits  Directors  and  employees  from  trading  in  the  Company's 
securities: 

•  when  aware  of  non-public  price  sensitive  information,  until  such  time  as  that  information  has 

become generally available; and 

•  as part of active trading with a view to deriving profit related income.  

A Director or employee wishing to deal in the Company's shares must first notify the  Chief Executive 
Officer or Managing Director (as applicable) and confirm that the employee is not aware of any non-
public price sensitive information.  

The Share Trading Policy is subject to the overriding application of the insider trading laws.  

A  copy  of  the  Share  Trading  Policy  is  available  on  the  Corporate  Governance  section  of  the 
Company’s website at www.medusamining.com.au 

4. 

RISK MANAGEMENT 
ASX Principles, Recommendations 7.1, 7.2, 7.3 and 7.4 

The Board recognises that risk oversight is a core function of the Board that serves in protecting and 
enhancing shareholder wealth. 

Having  regard  to  the  size  of  the  operations  of  the  Company,  the  nature  of  its  activities  and  the 
composition  of  the  Board,  a  "Risk  Committee"  has  not  been  established.        As  noted  above,  the 
Board's  responsibilities  include  reviewing  and  ratifying  systems  of  risk  management  and  internal 
compliance  and  controls,  codes  of  conduct,  continuous  disclosure,  legal  compliance  and  other 
significant corporate policies. 

The  Board  has  approved  a  Risk  Management  Policy  that  outlines  the  Company's  policies  for  the 
oversight and management of material business risks and the design, implementation and monitoring 
of an internal compliance and control framework.  

A  copy  of  the  Risk  Management  Policy  is  available  on  the  Corporate  Governance  section  of  the 
Company’s website at www.medusamining.com.au.  

The Board is ultimately responsible for the oversight and management of material business risks, as 
contemplated by the Board Charter. However, the design and implementation of the risk management 
policy and  the  day  to day management of  risk is  the  responsibility  of  the  Chief  Executive  Officer or 
Managing Director (as applicable), with the assistance of Senior Management.  

50 

 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

4. 

    RISK MANAGEMENT (continued) 

ASX Principles, Recommendations 7.1, 7.2, 7.3 and 7.4 (continued) 

The  Board  reviews  the  effectiveness  of  the  Company’s  system  of  internal  control  and  risk 
management framework, including a review of financial, operational, compliance and risk controls, on 
a continual basis to satisfy itself that it continues to be sound.  In addition, the Chief Executive Officer 
also  undertakes  the  monitoring  of  business  activities  to  periodically  reassess  risks  and  the 
effectiveness of controls to manage such risks. 

The Chief Executive Officer or Managing Director (as applicable) is responsible for reporting directly 
to  the  Board  on  all  matters  associated  with  risk  management  and  in  fulfilling  his  duties,  the  Chief 
Executive  Officer  or  Managing  Director  (as  applicable)  has  unrestricted  access  to  all  Company 
employees,  contractors  and  records  and  may  obtain  independent  expert  advice  on  any  matters  he 
deems appropriate. 

The  Company  does  not  have  an  Internal  Audit  Department.  However,  strategy  meetings  at  both 
corporate and operational level comprising the Board and Executives and Executives and Divisional 
Managers respectively, are held on a frequent basis to discuss and review amongst many items, risk 
management and  the Company’s internal control framework. Any agreed  changes to processes are 
subsequently implemented and reported back.     

Whilst  the  Board  acknowledges  that  it  is  responsible  for  the  overall  internal  control  framework,  it  is 
also cognisant that no cost-effective internal control system will preclude all errors and irregularities. 

The  Company's  main  business  risks  are  determined  by  the  nature  of  its  business  activities  and 
assets. There are numerous factors (both external and internal) that could influence the risk profile of 
the Company.  

As  required  by  Recommendation  7.4  the  Board  has  identified  the  following  risk  factors  that  could 
influence the risk profile of the Company:  

•  Economic risks: The Company may be exposed to general economy wide risks, which include 
the  state  or  health  of  the  industry  sector,  foreign  exchange  and  interest  rates,  equity  and 
commodity prices and a nation's economic well-being.  These risks are specifically contemplated 
by, and set out in, the Company's Risk Management Policy.  

•  Environmental  risks:  The  Company's  activities  are  expected  to  have  an  impact  on  the 
environment, and the Company may be responsible for environmental liabilities associated with 
its mining activities.  The Company aims to monitor environmental risks and obligations so as to 
remain compliant  with applicable environmental laws.    The Company also  has a  Safety, Health 
and  Environmental  Committee 
to  assist  with  monitoring  and  reporting  on 
environmental-related risks and issues. 

that  aims 

•  Social  sustainability  risks:  The  Company  is  exposed  to  social  sustainability  risks.  The  risks 
could  include  the  potential  breakdown  of  business  relations  of  the  Company  and  the  possibility 
that  the  safety  of  the  Company's  employees  is  adversely  impacted.  The  Board  has  a  focus  on 
maintaining  strong  communications  with  its  key  stakeholders,  and  ensuring  that  key  business 
relations  are  maintained.  In  addition,  the  Company  has  a  Safety,  Health  and  Environmental 
Committee that aims to assist with monitoring and reporting on safety and health-related risks, as 
well as a Code of Conduct for employees dealing with stakeholders and ensures integrity and fair 
dealing in business affairs. 

The  Company’s  risk  management  system  is  continuously  developing  and  will  evolve  with  the 
evolution and growth of the Company’s activities. 

Chief Executive Officer or Managing Director and Chief Financial Officer assurance 

ASX Principles, Recommendations 4.2, 7.2 and 7.3 

Before the adoption by the Board of the Company's financial statements for the year ended 30 June 
2020, the Board receives written declarations from the Chief Executive Officer or Managing Director 
(as applicable) and Chief Financial Officer, in accordance with section 295A of the Corporations Act, 
that the financial records of the Company have been properly maintained in accordance with section 
286 of the Corporations Act and that the Company’s financial statements and notes comply with the 
accounting standards and present a true and fair view of the consolidated entity’s financial position 
and performance for the financial period.  

The  Chief  Executive  Officer  or  Managing  Director  (as  applicable)  and  the  Chief  Financial  Officer 
have also to state in writing to the Board that the above declaration is founded on a sound system of 
risk  management  and  internal  control  and  that  the  system  is  operating  effectively  in  all  material 
respects  in  relation  to  financial  reporting  risks.    In  addition,  during  the  reporting  period  the  Chief 
Executive Officer or  Managing Director  (as applicable) and the Chief Financial Officer report to the 
Board as to the effectiveness of the Company's management of its material business risks. 

51 

 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

5. 

CONTINUOUS DISCLOSURE 

ASX Principles, Recommendation 5.1 

The  Company  is  subject  to  continuous  disclosure  obligations  under  the  ASX  Listing  Rules  and  the 
Corporations  Act.    Subject  to  limited  exceptions,  the  Company  must  immediately  notify  the  market, 
through ASX, of any information that a reasonable person would expect to have a material effect on 
the  price  or  value  of  its  securities.    The  Board  has  approved  a  Continuous  Disclosure  Policy  to 
reinforce  the  Company's  commitment  to  complying  with  its  continuous  disclosure  obligations  and 
outline management's  accountabilities and the  processes  to  be  followed  for  ensuring  compliance.   A 
copy  of  the  Continuous  Disclosure  Policy  is  available  on  the  Corporate  Governance  section  of  the 
Company’s website at www.medusamining.com.au. 

The  Chief  Executive  Officer  or  Managing  Director  (as  applicable)  and  Company  Secretary  are 
responsible for ensuring that the Continuous Disclosure Policy is implemented and enforced, and that 
the Company complies with its continuous disclosure obligations. 

6. 

SHAREHOLDER COMMUNICATION 

ASX Principles, Recommendations 4.3, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3 and 6.4 

The Board recognises the important rights of its Shareholders and strives to effectively communicate 
with Shareholders clearly and effectively.  

The Board has approved a Shareholder Communications Policy to promote effective communications 
with its shareholders and encourage effective participation at general meetings.   As contemplated by 
the  Shareholder  Communications  Policy,  the  Company  Secretary  is  charged  with  ensuring  that 
materials  detailed  in  the  policy  (including  announcements  in  accordance  with  the  Company's 
continuous  disclosure  and  periodic  disclosure  obligations)  are  made  available  on  the  Company's 
website,  and  that  relevant  communications  are  distributed  to  shareholders  in  accordance  with  the 
Listing Rules and Corporations Act.  

In  accordance  with  the  Shareholder  Communications  Policy  the  Company  maintains  a  website  at 
www.medusamining.com.au  on  which  the  Company  provides,  among  other  things,  the  following 
information: 

• 

information about its Directors; 

•  a copy of its constitution, Board and other applicable Charters, and other corporate governance 

documentation referred to in this Corporate Governance Statement; 

•  company  announcements  released  to  ASX  for  disclosure  and  related  information  (including 

presentations and briefings to analysts and media); 

•  notices of meetings and explanatory materials; 

•  quarterly  reports,  containing  details  of  the  Company’s  activities  and  consolidated  statements  of 

cash flows; 

•  half-yearly  reports,  containing  consolidated  financial  information  and  a  brief  overview  of  the 

Company’s activities;  

•  annual reports, which include a review of the Company’s operations and financial results for the 

year; and 

•  general information about the history of the Company, an overview of its projects and a high-level 

summaries of some concepts fundamental to its business. 

Shareholders may also elect to receive information from, and make contact with, the Company and its 
share registry by email.  Contact email addresses for the Company and the share registry are set out 
on the Company's website.  

Annual reports are distributed in hard copy to shareholders who have registered their election with the 
Company's share registry to receive the annual report in hard copy. 

The  Board  encourages  attendance  and  participation  of  shareholders  at  general  meetings  of  the 
Company  and  Company  allows  for  reasonable  opportunity  for  communication  and  questions  at 
general meetings.  In addition, the Company’s external auditor attends the Company’s annual general 
meeting to answer shareholder questions about the conduct of the audit, the preparation and content 
of  the  audit  report,  the  accounting  policies  adopted  by  the  Company  and  the  independence  of  the 
auditor in relation to the conduct of the audit. 

A copy of the Shareholder Communications Policy is available on the Corporate Governance section 
of the Company’s website at www.medusamining.com.au.   

52 

 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

1. 

DIRECTORS 

  The names of Directors in office at any time during or since the end of the financial year are:  

Name of Director 

Period of Directorship 

Non-Executive Directors: 

Mr Andrew Boon San Teo (Chairperson) 

since 15 February 2010 (Chairperson since 22 Nov 2013) 

Mr Roy Philip Daniel 

Mr Simon Jon Mottram 

Executive Directors: 

Mr Raul Conde Villanueva 

since 25 November 2015 

appointed 11 June 2020 

since 24 January 2013 

Each  of  the  Directors,  unless  otherwise  stated  above,  has  been  in  office  since  the  start  of  the 
financial year to the date of this report. 

2. 

DIRECTORS’ INFORMATION 

Mr Andrew Boon San Teo 
B.Com, UWA, (CPA)  
Independent Non-Executive Chairperson  

Mr Teo is an accountant with 40 years of extensive and diversified experience in accounting, treasury, 
corporate,  legal  and  business  administration  across  several  industries,  including  the  mining  industry. 
He  was,  until  his  retirement  in  March  2018,  Chief  Financial  Officer/Executive  Director  of  BGC 
(Australia)  Pty  Ltd.,  one  of  Australia’s  largest  privately-owned  companies.  Mr  Teo  worked  in  BGC  in 
excess of 35 years and remains a Non-Executive Director of BGC. 

On 9 June 2020 Mr Teo was appointed a Non-Executive Director of Myanmar Metals Limited. During 
the past three years, Mr Teo has not served as a Director of any other ASX listed entities.  

Mr Teo is Chairperson of the Nomination Committee and also a member of the Audit, Remuneration, 
and Safety, Health & Environment Committees. 

Mr Roy Philip Daniel  
B.Com, UWA 
Independent Non-Executive Director  

Mr  Roy  Daniel  was  appointed  Non-Executive  Director  on  25  November  2015.  Mr  Daniel’s  previous 
association  with  the  Company  was  as  the  Chief  Financial  Officer  from  December  2004  until  his 
retirement from office in June 2013. He was also an executive member of  the Board from April 2006 
until June 2011.  

Mr Daniel has been associated with the resource and mining industry for over 39 years and has held 
various senior management and accounting positions at  corporate level with overseas and Australian 
companies. His association with the Company since its formative years has proven invaluable, and his 
financial business acumen and corporate experience has complemented and strengthened the Board. 

During the past three years, Mr Daniel has not served as a Director of any other ASX listed entities. 

Mr  Daniel  is  Chairperson  of  both  the  Audit  and  Remuneration  Committees  and  also  serves  as  a 
member on the Nomination and Safety, Health & Environment Committee. 

Simon Jon Mottram 
B.Sc (applied geology). F.AusIMM 
Independent Non-Executive Director 

Mr Mottram is a geologist with over 25 years’ experience predominantly in base and precious metals. 
Mr  Mottram  was  instrumental  in  taking  Avanco  Resources  Limited,  an  Australian  listed  copper 
company, through discovery to production, and subsequently being acquired by OZ Minerals Limited. 
Mr  Mottram  has  held  both  executive  and  senior  management  roles  with  several  successful  mining 
companies  both  in  Australia  and  abroad,  has  seen  a  number  of  discoveries  advanced  through  to 
commercial mine development, and has been central to several significant exploration successes. 

Mr Mottram is a graduate of Melbourne RMIT University and a Fellow of the AusIMM.  

Mr  Mottram  is  currently  a  director  of  ASX  listed  companies Odin  Metals  Ltd,  and  Fin  Resources  Ltd. 
During the past three years Mr Mottram was a Director of Avanco Resources Limited. 

Mr Mottram is a member of the Audit, Nomination and Safety Health and Environment Committees. 

53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

2.       DIRECTORS’ INFORMATION (continued) 

Attorney Raul Conde Villanueva 
LL.B., Attorney and Counselor-at-Law 
Executive Director 

Attorney  Raul  Villanueva  was  appointed  an  Executive  Director  of  Medusa  on  24  January  2013 
following  his  appointment  as  President  of  the  Company’s  Philippines  operating  company,  Philsaga 
Mining Corporation (“Philsaga”) in December 2012.  

Attorney Villanueva who has Bachelor degrees in Economics, Military Science & Tactics, and Law has 
been a member of the Integrated Bar of the Philippines and an Attorney and Counselor-at-Law since 
1994.  He  brings  a  focused  approach  to  improving  the  operating  systems  and  professionalism  of  the 
Company,  based  on  his  education  and  several  years  of  experience  in  law  as  well  as  managing 
companies and will further align the objectives of the Medusa Group of Companies. 

During the past three years, Mr Villanueva has not served as a Director of any other ASX listed entities. 

Attorney Villanueva is Chairperson of the Safety, Health and Environment Committee and a member of 
the Nomination Committee. 

3. 

COMPANY SECRETARY 

Mr Peter Stanley Alphonso 
B.Com, UWA, (CPA)  

Mr Peter Alphonso was appointed Company Secretary on 11 December 2007 and as Chief Financial 
Officer on 01 July 2013. 

Mr  Alphonso  has  over  40  years  of  experience  with  the  auditing,  engineering  and  communications 
industries,  with  the  majority  of  his  experience  centred  on  the  gold  and  nickel  sectors  of  the  mining 
industry.  Mr  Alphonso’s  experience  has  included  appointments  with  Coopers  and  Lybrand,  Western 
Mining Corporation, Great Central Mines and Ti-west Joint Venture. 

As Company Secretary Mr Peter Alphonso is responsible for the corporate secretarial functions of the 
Company,  financial  and statutory  reporting  of  the  Company  as  well  as  directing  and monitoring  of  all 
financial aspects of the Company’s overseas operations.             

4. 

MEETINGS OF DIRECTORS 

The number  of  meetings  held during the  financial year by Company Directors and  the number  of 
those meetings attended by each Director was: 

Name of Director 

Andrew Teo 

Roy Daniel 

Raul Villanueva  
Simon Mottram (2) 

Board Meetings 

Audit     
Committee  

Remuneration 
Committee  

SHE      
Committee 

Nomination 
Committee  

Number (1)  Attended   Number (1)  Attended   Number (1)  Attended  Number (1)  Attended   Number (1)  Attended 

6 

6 

6 

- 

6 

6 

6 

- 

2   

2 

- 

- 

2 

2 

- 

- 

2 

2 

- 

- 

2 

2 

- 

- 

3 

3 

3 

- 

3 

3 

3 

- 

2 

2 

2 

- 

2 

2 

2 

- 

Notes: 
(1)  Number of meetings held during the time the Director held office during the year; 
(2)  Mr Simon Mottram was appointed Non-Executive Director on 11 June 2020 and is a member of the Audit, Nomination and SHE Committees 

5. 

PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES 

The  principal  activities  of  the  Group  during  the  course  of  the  financial  year  were  mineral 
exploration,  evaluation,  development  and  mining/production  of  gold.  There  were  no  significant 
changes in the nature of the activities of the Group during the year. 

54 

 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

6. 

OPERATING RESULTS 

The  net  consolidated  profit  for  the  financial  year  attributable  to  members  of  Medusa  Mining 
Limited  after  provision  of  income  tax  was  US$35.4  million  [2019:  Consolidated  profit  of  US$36.5 
million]. 

Key financial results: 

 Description 

Revenues  

EBITDA 

NPAT 

EPS (basic) 

Unit 

US$ 

US$ 

US$ 

US$ 

30 June 2020 

30 June 2019 

Variance 

$147.8M  

$129.3M 

$61.6M 

$35.4M 

$0.170 

$51.4M 

$36.5M 

$0.176 

$18.5M 

$10.2M 

($1.1M) 

($0.006) 

 (%) 

14% 

20% 

(3%) 

(3%) 

  Medusa  recorded  earnings  before  interest,  tax  depreciation  and  amortisation  (“EBITDA”)  of  US$61.6 

million for the year to 30 June 2020. EBITDA for the previous year was a profit of US$51.4 million.  

Revenues  increased  by  approximately  14%  from  US$129.3  million  in  the  previous  year  to  US$147.8 
million. 

Medusa is an un-hedged gold producer and received an average price of US$1,581 per ounce from the 
sale of 95,142 ounces of gold for the year (previous year: 102,500 ounces at US$1,259 per ounce). 

At  year  end,  the  Company  had  total  cash  and  cash  equivalent  in  gold  on  metal  account  of  US$47.1 
million (2019: US$23.4M). 

During the year, 

• depreciation  of  fixed  assets  and  amortisation  of  capitalised  mine  development,  right  of  use  asset 

and mine exploration was US$21.6 million (2019: US$18.8M); 

• US$6.5  million  was  expended  on  capital  works  associated  with  the  new  shaft  construction  and 

infrastructure, mine expansion and sustaining capital at the mine and mill (2019: US$6.9M); 

• exploration  expenditure,  inclusive  of  underground  diamond  drilling  was  US$5.6  million  (2019: 

US$8.9M); 

• capitalised mine development costs totalled US$23.7 million for the year (2019: US$27.3M); and 

• corporate overheads of US$7.1 million (2019: US$8.7M). 

7. 

REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

Description 

Ore mined 

Ore milled 

Gold head grade 

Gold recovery 

Gold produced 

Cash costs (1) 

Gold sold 

Unit 

30 June 2020 

30 June 2019 

Variance 

(%) 

WMT 

DMT 

g/t 

% 

ounces 

US$/oz 

ounces 

572,666  

513,945  

5.99  

95.30  

95,057  

$684 

95,142  

$1,581  

606,675  

544,601  

6.28  

94.75  

103,307  

$546  

102,500  

$1,259  

(34,009) 

(30,656)  

(0.29) 

0.55 

(8,250)  

($138)  

 (7,358) 

$322  

(6%)   

(6%)   

(5%)   

1% 

(8%)  

(25%)  

 (7%) 

26%  

Average gold price received 

US$/oz 

Note: (1) Net of development costs and includes royalties and local business taxes. 

The  Company  produced  95,057  ounces  of  gold  for  the  year,  compared  to  103,307  ounces  from  the 
previous corresponding period, at an average recovered grade of 5.99 g/t gold (2019: 6.28 g/t gold). 

Average cash costs was US$684 per ounce, inclusive of royalties and local business taxes, which was 
higher than the previous year’s average cash costs of US$546 per ounce, and All-in-Sustaining-Costs 
(“AISC”) for the year was US$1,132 per ounce of gold (2019: US$1,045 per ounce). 

During  the  year,  the  spread  of  novel  coronavirus  (Covid-19)  was  declared  a  pandemic  in  March 
2020. In response to this pandemic, the Company initiated procedures and protocols at its mining 
operation to protect the safety of its workers and the local community. 

The Philippine government, at federal and local levels, had enacted various plans that include the 
restriction  of  movement  within  the  Philippines,  to  reduce  the  spread  of  infection  of  Covid -19. 
These  restrictions  did  apply  to  the  Co-O  mine  site  during  March  2020  and  the  impact  upon 
operations was a reduction in mining activity. As announced to the ASX market on 27 July 2020, 
the impact was minimal and the Company did meet its production guidance for FY20, being at the 
lower  level  of  the  guidance.  The  All-In-Sustaining-Costs  incurred  was  marginally  above  the 
guidance announced. 

55 

 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

7. 

REVIEW OF OPERATIONS (continued) 

The  Company  has  undertaken  the  usual  assessments  of  impairment  of  its  assets  and  the  going 
concern  assumptions  as  the  basis  for  preparing  the  financial  report  as  at  30  June  2020,  and  no 
issues have been identified. 

A  full  review  and  summary  information  concerning  the  Group’s  operations  and  exploration 
activities for the financial year and the results of those operations  will be available in the  Review 
of Operations section of the Annual Report. 

8. 

DIVIDENDS 

No dividends were declared during the financial year. 

9. 

SIGNIFICANT CHANGE IN STATE OF AFFAIRS 

Significant changes in the state of affairs of the Group during the financial year were as follows:  

•  Mr Simon Mottram was appointed a Non-Executive Director on 11 June 2020. 

In the opinion of the Directors, there were no other significant changes in the state of the affairs of 
the Group that occurred during the financial year. 

10. 

EVENTS SUBSEQUENT TO BALANCE DATE 

•  Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) Mr David McGowan, ceased employment on 20 July 2020. 

Non-Executive Chairman Mr Andrew Teo assumed the role of Interim CEO. 

•  The Company announced to the ASX on 28 August 2020, production guidance for FY21 of 
between  90,000  ounces  to  95,000  ounces  at  All-In-Sustaining-Costs  (“AISC”)  of  between 
US$1,200 to US$1,250 per ounce. 

The  slight  increase  in  year-on-year  AISC  for  FY21  has  been  anticipated,  after  taking  into 
account  the  ongoing  impact  of  COVID-19  restrictions  to  people  movement,  logistics  and 
associated costs. 

Except  for  the  above,  subsequent  to  Balance  Date,  there  has  not  arisen  in  the  interval  between 
the  end  of the  financial year  and the date of  this report any other item, transaction or  event  of a 
material  and/or  unusual  nature  likely,  in  the  opinion  of  the  directors  of  the  Company,  to  affect 
significantly the operations of the Group, the results of those operations, or the state of affairs of 
the Group in subsequent financial years. 

11. 

FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS, BUSINESS STRATEGIES AND PROSPECTS 

The Group will continue its focus on organic growth within its la ndholdings in the Philippines and 
source  mineral  properties  within  the  Asia  Pacific  region  with  a  view  to  developing  properties 
capable of economic production.  

12.  DIRECTORS’ INTEREST 

The relevant interest of each Director in the share capital of the  Company at the date of this report 
is as follows: 

Name of Director 

Andrew Teo 

Roy Daniel 

Raul Villanueva 

Simon Mottram (1) 

No. of fully paid ordinary 
shares 

No. of options over 
ordinary shares  

No. of performance rights 
over ordinary shares 

 120,000 

 815,875 

50,000 

 - 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

Note: 
(1)  Mr Simon Mottram was appointed Non-Executive Director on 11 June 2020. 

56 

 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

13.     REMUNERATION REPORT (Audited) 

The Directors present the FY2020 Remuneration Report for Medusa Mining Ltd (“the Company”) which 
sets out the remuneration information for the Directors and other key management personnel (“KMP”) 
for the year ended 30 June 2020. 

The  information  provided  in  this  remuneration  report  has  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  the 
requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 and its regulations. 

Introduction 

This report outlines the Company’s approach to remuneration for its executives.  

The Board recognises that the success of the business depends on the quality and engagement of its 
people.  To  ensure  the  Company  continues  to  succeed  and  grow,  it  must  attract,  motivate  and  retain 
skilled  Directors,  Executives  and  employees.  The  Board  delegates  responsibility  in  relation  to 
remuneration to the Remuneration Committee to ensure that people and performance are a priority. 

(a)  Details of Key Management Personnel 

There  were  no  loans  to  Key  Management  Personnel  during  the  year  and  there  were  no 
transactions  or  balances  with  Key  Management  Personnel  other  than  those  disclosed  in  this 
Report. 

Directors:  

Non-Executive Directors - 

Andrew Teo (Chairperson); 

Roy Daniel; and 

Simon Mottram (appointment Non-Executive Director on 11 June 2020). 

Executive Directors - 

Raul Villanueva. 

Executive Officers: 

David McGowan (Chief Executive Officer, ceased employment on 20 July 2020); 

Peter Alphonso (Chief Financial Officer/Company Secretary); and 

James Llorca (General Manager, Geology & Resources). 

57 

 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

13.  REMUNERATION REPORT (Audited) (continued) 

(b)  Key Management Personnel remuneration (Company and consolidated) 

The following tables provides the details of the remuneration of all Directors and Executive Officers of the Group and the nature and amount of the elements 
of their remuneration (in US$’s) for the year ended 30 June 2020 and the previous financial year. 

Name 

Year 

Short term benefits 

Post-
employment 
benefits 

Long-term benefits 

Salary/ fees  Directors’ fees  STI - Cash (1)  STI - PRs (1) 

Other (2) 

Super 

LSL(3) 

LTI - PRs (4)  Options (5) 

Termination 
benefits 

TOTAL 

Proportion of 
remuneration 
performance 
related 

Directors:    

Non-Executive 

Andrew Teo (6)/(9) 

Roy Daniel  

Simon Mottram (7) 

Executive 

Boyd Timler (8) 

Raul Villanueva 

Executive Officers: 

David McGowan (9) 

Peter Alphonso 

James Llorca 

Total 

Notes: 

2020 

2019 

2020 

2019 

2020 

2019 

2020 

2019 

2020 

2019 

2020 

2019 

2020 

2019 

2020 

2019 

- 

98,152   

90,000   

105,990   

25,612 

22,278 

- 

- 

-   

15,618   

432,092    

425,000   

308,880  

276,009  

260,832   

251,587   

230,668  

230,388  

50,766 

52,656 

3,747 

- 

-  

-  

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

-  

-  

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

20,592 

- 

-  

-  

- 

- 

- 

- 

-   

-   

-   

-   

- 

- 

13,728  

11,599 

-  

-  

13,728 

10,218 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

-   

-   

- 

- 

22,749  

12,580  

6,358  

-  

7,781  

2,173  

-   

-   

- 

- 

- 

- 

-  

331  

- 

- 

17,160  

17,520  

17,160  

17,520  

17,160  

17,520  

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

8,367   

6,302   

- 

- 

8,909 

- 

8,909 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(9,709) 

37,899 

5,797 

12,506 

17,566  

37,899  

2020 

1,258,084  

152,665  

48,048 

21,817 

36,888  

51,480   

8,367   

17,818 

13,654 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

277,457 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

98,152   

195,990   

76,378  

74,934 

3,747  

- 

-   

293,406   

432,092   

425,000  

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

-  

- 

- 

- 

359,672   

5.7% 

344,008 

- 

332,750    

10.3% 

287,915    

- 

306,030 

10.7% 

287,980  

1,608,821 

- 

-  

- 

2019 

1,310,880  

158,646  

- 

- 

14,753  

52,891   

6,302   

- 

88,304  

277,457 

1,909,233 

(1)  Short Term Incentive Plan (“STI”) detailed in note 13 (k)(iii); 
(2)  Comprises Annual Leave accrued during the year but not paid; 
(3)  Comprises Long Service Leave accrued during the year but not paid; 
(4)  KMP Performance Rights granted under the Long Term Incentive Plan are expensed over the performance period. Refer LTI Plan de tailed in note 13 (k)(iv); 
(5)  Comprises value of options granted and expensed in the period. Refer note 13 (f); 
(6)  Mr Teo assumed the role of Interim Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) from 7 July 2018 until 28 February 2019;  
(7)  Mr Simon Mottram was appointed Non-Executive Director on 11 June 2020; 
(8)  Mr Timler retired from the Board on 6 July 2018;  
(9)  Subsequent to year-end, Mr McGowan ceased employment as CEO on 20 July 2020. Pursuant to his incentive plans, the Performance Rights granted are forfeited as vesting conditions will not be met.  
      Mr Teo assumed the role of Interim CEO following Mr McGowan’s cessation of employment. 

58 

 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

13.  REMUNERATION REPORT (Audited) (continued) 

(b)  Key Management Personnel remuneration (Company and consolidated) (continued) 

The relative proportions of Remuneration that are linked to performance and those that are fixed are as 
follows: 

Name 

Directors: 

Non-Executive 

Andrew Teo 

Roy Daniel 

Simon Mottram 

Executive 

Raul Villanueva 

Executive Officers: 

David McGowan 

Peter Alphonso 

James Llorca 

Fixed 
Remuneration 

At Risk:  
Short Term 
Incentives (STI) 

At Risk:  
Options/Performance 
Rights (LTI) 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

69% 

74% 

74% 

- 

- 

- 

- 

10% 

9% 

9% 

- 

- 

- 

- 

21% 

17% 

17% 

(c) Company Performance 

The following table illustrates the Company performance indicators over the last five years: 

Metric 

Unit 

2020 

2019 

2018 

2017 

2016 

Net Profit/(Loss) after tax (S’000) 

US$ 

35,385 

36,489 

(55,554) 

(56,676) 

44,329 

Basic earnings per share (cents) 

Dividends paid per share (cents) 

US$ 

US$ 

Share price at year end, 30 June (cents) 

A$ 

17.0 

17.6 

(26.7) 

(27.3) 

21.3 

- 

69 

- 

57 

- 

50 

- 

28 

- 

64 

(d)  Remuneration options and equity-based instruments 

No options or other equity-based instruments or rights over any of them, were granted by the Company 
or any entity controlled by the Company as remuneration during or since the end of the financial year. 

(e)  Shares issued on exercise of options granted as remuneration 

During  the  financial  year,  no  fully  paid  ordinary  shares  were  issued  on  the  exercise  of  options 
previously granted as remuneration to Directors and Executives. 

59 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

13.      REMUNERATION REPORT (Audited) (continued) 

(f)  Option holdings  

Financial year 2019/2020: 

Name 

Directors: 

Non-Executive 

Andrew Teo 

Roy Daniel 

Simon Mottram (3) 

Executive 

Raul Villanueva 

Executive Officers: 

David McGowan (4) 

Peter Alphonso 

James Llorca 

Notes: 

Balance   
01/07/19 

Options 
granted as 
remuneration 

Options 
exercised 

Options not 
exercised and 
lapsed 

Balance 
held 
30/06/20 

Vested & 
exercisable 
30/06/20 (1) 

Total not 
exercisable 
30/06/20 (2) 

- 

- 

- 

- 

500,000 

165,000 

500,000 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

500,000 

300,000 

200,000 

165,000 

99,000 

66,000 

500,000 

300,000 

200,000 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

 Options vested and exercisable are all the options vested at the reporting date; 
 Options that are not exercisable have not vested at the reporting date; 
 Mr Simon Mottram was appointed Non-Executive Director on 11 June 2020; 
 Mr David McGowan, CEO ceased employment on 20 July 2020. 

The above mentioned options have been issued to the Key Management Personnel on 8 January 2018 
with an expiry date of 8 January 2022 on the following terms: 

Tranche  Exercise price  Valuation per 

option 

Terms of issue 

A 

B 

C 

D 

A$1.00 

A$1.25 

A$1.50 

A$1.75 

A$0.275 

A$0.255 

A$0.239 

A$0.225 

Under the terms of the issue, the employees would be required to remain 
in  the  employment  of  the  company  at  8  January  2019  to  achieve  30% 
vesting of options, at 8 January 2020 to achieve 30% vesting of options 
with full vesting if they remain an employee of the company a year later 
on 8 January 2021. At reporting date, all options remain unexercised. 

The Options were valued using a Black Scholes pricing model. The valuation per tranche was calculated 
under  this  valuation  model  (using  historical  share  price  volatility  measures)  and  applying  the  following 
inputs: 

o  Weighted average life of option - 48 months 
o  Share price volatility                   - 99% 
o  Risk free rate                              - 1% 
o  Dividend Yield                            - Nil 

The options hold no voting or dividend rights 

60 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

13.      REMUNERATION REPORT (Audited) (continued) 

(f)     Option holdings (continued) 

Financial year 2018/2019: 

Name 

Directors: 

Non-Executive 

Andrew Teo 

Roy Daniel 

Peter Hepburn-Brown (3) 

Executive 

Boyd Timler (4) (5) 

Raul Villanueva(6) 

Executive Officers: 

David McGowan 

Peter Alphonso 

James Llorca 

Notes: 

Balance   
01/07/18 

Options 
granted as 
remuneration 

Options 
exercised 

Options not 
exercised and 
lapsed 

Balance 
held 
30/06/19 

Vested & 
exercisable 
30/06/19 (1) 

Total not 
exercisable 
30/06/19 (2) 

- 

- 

- 

1,200,000 

500,000 

500,000 

330,000 

500,000 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(840,000) 

360,000 

360,000 

(500,000) 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

500,000 

150,000 

350,000 

(165,000) 

165,000 

49,500 

115,500 

- 

500,000 

150,000 

350,000 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

(5) 

(6) 

  Options vested and exercisable are all the options vested at the reporting date; 
  Options that are not exercisable have not vested at the reporting date; 
  Mr Hepburn-Brown retired from the Board on 3 September 2018;  
  Mr Timler retired from the Board on 6 July 2018; 
  Refer below options issued to Boyd Timler; and 
  Refer below options issued to Raul Villanueva. 

Boyd Timler: 

On  24  November  2016,  1,200,000  options  were  issued  to  Boyd  Timler,  the  company’s  previous 
Managing Director (who retired on 06 July 2018), subject to the rules of Medusa Mining Limited Share 
Option Plan. Upon his retirement, the remaining share options yet to be vested were forfeited. 

        The options which hold no voting or dividend rights have an expiry date of 24 November 2020 and are 

exercisable as follows: 

Tranche  Options  Exercise price  Valuation per 

option 

Terms of issue 

A 

B 

C 

D 

300,000 

300,000 

300,000 

300,000 

A$1.00 

A$1.25 

A$1.50 

A$1.75 

A$0.200 

A$0.170 

A$0.147 

A$0.128 

Under  the  terms  of  the  issue,  the  employee  would  be  required  to 
remain in the employment of the company at 24 November 2017 to 
achieve  30%  vesting  of  options,  at  24  November  2018  to  achieve 
30%  vesting  of  options  with  full  vesting  if  Mr  Timler  remains  an 
employee of the company a year later on 24 November 2019. 

The  Options  were  valued  using  a  Black  Scholes  pricing  model.  The  valuation  per  tranche  was 
calculated under this valuation model (using historical share price volatility measures) and applying the 
following inputs: 

o  Weighted average life of option - 48 months 
o  Share price volatility                   - 65% 
o  Risk free rate                              - 2.07% 
o  Dividend Yield                            - Nil  

Raul Villanueva: 

On  9  February  2015,  500,000  options  were  issued  to  Raul  Villanueva.  The  options  which  hold  no 
voting or dividend rights have an expiry date of 09 February 2019 and are exercisable at A$1.00 per 
option.  

Under  the  terms  of  the  Issue  the  employee  would  be  required  to  remain  in  the  employment  of  the 
Company  at  9  February  2016  to  achieve  30%  vesting  of  the  options,  at  9  February  2017  to  achieve 
30% vesting of the options, with full vesting if he remained an employee of the Company a year later 
on 9 February 2018.  

At reporting date, all Mr Villanueva’s options had expired. 

David McGowan, Peter Alphonso and James Llorca: 

Please refer to table above “Financial year 2019/2020.” 

61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

13.      REMUNERATION REPORT (Audited) (continued) 

(g)  Performance Rights  

The movement during the year in the number of Performance Rights over ordinary shares in Medusa 
Mining  Limited  held  directly,  indirectly  or  beneficially,  by  each  Executive,  including  their  personally 
related entities is as follows: 

Financial year 2019/2020: 

Name 

Executive Officers: 

David McGowan  - STI (2) 

David McGowan - LTI (2) 

Peter Alphonso  - STI 

Peter Alphonso  - LTI 

James Llorca - STI 

James Llorca - LTI 

Balance   
01/07/19 

Rights 
granted as 
remuneration 

Rights 
Vested 

Rights 
Forfeited 

Balance held 
30/06/20 
(unvested) 

Max value yet 
to vest (1) 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

59,000 

700,000 

42,000 

350,000 

37,000 

350,000 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

59,000 

700,000 

42,000  

350,000 

37,000 

350,000 

- 

- 

25,658 

89,501 

22,603 

89,501 

Notes: 
(1)  The maximum value of deferred performance rights yet to vest has been determined as the amount of the grant date fair value of the 
Performance  Rights  that  is  yet  to  be  expensed.  The  value  at  grant  date  is  calculated  in  accordance  with  AASB2  Share  Based 
Payments. 

(2)  Subsequent  to  30  June  2020,  Mr  McGowan  ceased  employment  on  20  July  2020.  Pursuant  to  his  incentive  plans,  the 

Performance Rights granted are forfeited as vesting conditions will not be met 

(3)  The Terms and conditions relating to the Long Term Performance Rights are outlined in Note 13 (k)(iv) of the Remuneration Report. 
(4)  Model inputs for market performance rights valued using the Monte Carlo Simulations model granted during the year include: 

Grant date                                  - 13 March 2020 
Life                                             -  3 years 
Share price at grant date           -  44.5 cents 
Share price volatility                   -  58% 
Risk free rate                              -  0.55% 
Dividend Yield                            -  Nil 
30 day VWAP                             - 51.76 cents 
The fair value of Long Term Performance Rights is $0.26 per right. 

(5)  On 17 January 2020, the Company issued 167,000 Performance Rights to its executives pursuant to its Short-term incentive plan 
based on the performance of the Company for the year ended 30 June 2019. Under the terms of the issue, the executives would be 
required to remain in employment of the Company for a one-year vesting period, until 17 January 2021.  

The fair value of the Short Term Performance Rights which has been recognised at grant date and based on the share price of the 
Company is $0.61 per right. 

(h)  Share holdings 

The  movement  during  the  year  in  the  number  of  ordinary  shares  in  Medusa  Mining  Limited  held 
directly,  indirectly  or  beneficially,  by  each  Director  and  key  management  personnel,  including  their 
personally related entities are as follows: 

Balance 
1/07/19 

Shares held at 
appointment 

Bonus 
issue of 
shares 

Shares 
purchased 

Options 
exercised 

Shares     

sold 

Balance 
30/06/20 

Financial year 2019/20: 

Name 

Directors: 

Non-Executive 

Andrew Teo 

Roy Daniel 

Simon Mottram (1) 

Executive 

120,000 

815,875 

- 

Raul Villanueva 

50,000 

Executive Officers: 

David McGowan (2) 

- 

Peter Alphonso 

127,500 

James Llorca 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

120,000 

815,875 

- 

50,000 

- 

127,500 

- 

Notes: 
(1)  Mr Simon Mottram was appointed Non-Executive Director on 11 June 2020; 
(2)  Subsequent to 30 June 2020, Mr David McGowan ceased employment on 20 July 2020. 

62 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

13. 

 REMUNERATION REPORT (Audited) (continued) 

(h)  Share holdings (continued) 

 Financial year 2018/19: 

Name 

Directors: 

Non-Executive 

Andrew Teo 

Roy Daniel 

Peter Hepburn-Brown (1) 

Executive 

Boyd Timler (2) 

Raul Villanueva 

Executive Officers: 

David McGowan 

Peter Alphonso 

James Llorca 

Balance 
1/07/18 

Shares held at 
appointment 

Bonus 
issue of 
shares 

Shares 
purchased 

Options 
exercised 

Shares     

sold 

Balance 
30/06/19 

120,000 

815,875 

- 

50,000 

50,000 

- 

127,500 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(50,000) 

- 

- 

- 

- 

120,000 

815,875 

- 

- 

50,000 

- 

127,500 

- 

Notes: 
(1)  Mr Hepburn-Brown retired from the Board on 3 September 2018; and 
(2)  Mr Timler retired from the Board on 6 July 2018. 

(i)  Executive Remuneration Governance 

The  information  contained  within  this  section  provides  an  overview  of  executive  remuneration 
governance at Medusa Mining. 

(i)  Remuneration Philosophy 

The main objective is the retention of a high-quality Board and executive team, to maximise value 
of  the  shareholders’  investment.  Remuneration  levels  are  therefore  competitively  set  to  attract, 
retain and motivate appropriately qualified and experienced Directors and Executives. 

In  determining  the  level  and  make  up  of  remuneration  levels  for  Executives  of  the  Group,  the 
remuneration policy has been structured to increase goal congruence between shareholders and 
Executives and includes the payment of bonuses based on achievement of specific goals related 
to  the  performance  of  the  Group  and  also  the  issue  of  incentive  options  or  equity  based 
instruments to encourage alignment of personal and shareholder interests. 

(ii)  Remuneration Committee 

The  Remuneration  Committee  is  a  sub-committee  of  the  Board,  which  operates  in  accordance 
with  the  Remuneration  Committee  Charter  and  the  requirements  of  the  Corporations  Act  2001 
and its regulations. The Remuneration Committee is responsible for making recommendations to 
the Board on: 

▪ 

The Company’s remuneration policy and structure; 

▪  Executive remuneration policy for Key Management Personnel (“KMP”); 

▪  Remuneration levels of the Managing Director (if applicable) and KMP; 

▪  Operation of incentive plans and key performance hurdles for KMP; 

▪  Equity based remuneration plans for KMP; and, 

▪  Non-Executive Director (“NED”) remuneration. 

The  Remuneration  Committee’s  objective  is  to  ensure  remuneration  policies  and  structures  are 
fair and competitive and aligned with the long-term interests of the company. The Remuneration 
Committee  periodically  obtains  independent  remuneration  information  to  ensure  NED  fees  and 
executive remuneration packages are appropriate and in line with the market. 

63 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

13.  REMUNERATION REPORT (Audited) (continued) 

(i)  Executive Remuneration Governance (continued) 

(iii)  Use of Remuneration Advisors 

In  FY2019,  the  Remuneration  Committee  appointed  BDO  Reward  WA  Pty  Ltd  (‘BDOR’)  as  its 
external  remuneration  advisor  to  assist  with  the  review  of  the  overall  executive  remuneration 
framework  resulting  in  some  changes  to  the  Company’s  approach  to  executive  pay.  The 
remuneration changes to executive remuneration policy and performance management for FY2020 
are covered in section (k) of the remuneration report.  

BDOR’s  terms  of  engagement  included  specific  measures  designed  to  protect  its  independence. 
The  Remuneration  Committee  recognises  that,  to  effectively  perform  its  role,  it  is  necessary  for 
BDOR  to  interact  with  members  of  the  Company’s  management.  However,  to  ensure  BDOR 
remained independent, members of the Company’s management were precluded from requesting 
services  that  would  be  considered  to  be  a  “remuneration  recommendation”  as  defined  by  the 
Corporations  Amendment  (improving  Accountability  on  Director  and  Executive  Remuneration)  Act 
2011. 

The  information  contained  within  this  section  outlines  details  pertaining  to  the  executive 
remuneration policy and structure for FY2020. 

The Company’s aim is to ensure Executives perform at a high level by incentivising them with the 
level  and  mix  of  remuneration  commensurate  with  their  position  and  responsibilities.  These 
incentives include: 

rewarding Executives for individual performances; and 

• 
•  ensuring total remuneration is competitive by international market standards. 

Remuneration  is  made  up  of  a  fixed  component  as  well  as  a  variable  component  which  is 
performance linked and only granted when considered appropriate by the Board. 

The  Remuneration  Committee  reviews  the  remuneration  of  Executives,  including  the  Chief 
Executive  Officer,  annually,  with  the  review  taking  into  consideration  the  contribution  of  the 
individuals commensurate with the performance of the business unit within their responsibility, the 
overall  performance  of 
the  Company  and  comparable  employment  market  conditions 
internationally. 

(iv)  Executive Remuneration Framework 

The table below provides an overview of the different remuneration components within the Medusa 
Mining framework. 

Objective 

Attraction and Retention 

Remuneration 
component 

Purpose 

Total Fixed Remuneration 
(‘TFR’) consists of base 
salary, any non-monetary 
benefits and employer 
contributions to 
superannuation funds. 

The level of fixed 
remuneration is set to 
provide a base level of 
remuneration, which is 
both appropriate to the 
position and is competitive 
in the market. 

Variable Remuneration is performance linked and designed to 
reward key management personnel for meeting or exceeding 
their financial and personal objectives. 

Current Year Performance 

Short-Term Incentive 
(“STI”) is an ‘at risk’ bonus 
provided in the form of 
cash 

The STI ensures pay for 
performance, for 
achievement of a 
combination of Company 
and Individual KPIs. 

Long Term Sustainable 
Performance 

Long-Term Incentive (“LTI”) 
provided as options over 
ordinary shares or 
performance rights to 
acquire fully paid ordinary 
shares in the Company. 

The LTI is focused on the 
creation of long-term 
shareholder wealth. 

At  the  end  of  the  financial  year  the  Board  assesses  the  actual  performance  of  the  Group,  the 
relevant segment and individual against the KPIs set at the beginning of the financial year. Should 
the  Group  achieve  the  set  KPIs,  the  Board  may  reward  the  Key  Management  Personnel  with  a 
bonus during the salary review. Any bonus payable must fall within 0.5% of net profit after tax of the 
Group  and  not  exceed  50%  of  an  individual’s  fixed  remuneration.  The  Board  retains  absolute 
discretion over payment of these bonuses and can adjust payments (within the above caps) to take 
into  account  the  overall  performance  of  the  Group,  personal  performance  and  prevailing  market 
conditions. 

This method of assessment was chosen as it provides the Board with an objective  assessment of 
the  Group’s  performance  against  identifiable  factors  that  relate  to  the  group’s  profitability  and  the 
sustainability of the Group’s operations. 

64 

 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

13.  REMUNERATION REPORT (Audited) (continued) 

(i)  Executive Remuneration Governance (continued) 

(v)  Long-term Incentives (“LTI”) 

An outline of the key elements of the LTI arrangements are provided below: 

The primary objective of Medusa’s LTI based remuneration is and will continue to be, to reward 
key  management  personnel  in  a  manner  which  aligns  this  element  of  remuneration  with  the 
creation  of  shareholder  wealth.  The  Board  takes  into  account  and  will  continue  to  take  into 
account,  appropriate  measures  of  shareholder  wealth  and  Company  performance  in  setting  the 
performance criteria applicable to its LTI based remuneration. 

Historically,  LTI’s  granted  to  key  management  personnel have  been  in the  form  of options  over 
ordinary shares. The Board has implemented new LTI measures, including a performance rights 
plan in which key management personnel can participate. 

(j)   Non-Executive Remuneration  

The Board seeks to set aggregate remuneration at a level that provides the Company with the ability to 
attract and retain Non-Executive Directors of the highest calibre. 

Non-Executive  Directors’  fees  are  paid  within  the  aggregate  amount  approved  by  shareholders  from 
time to time. Total remuneration for all Non-Executive Directors, last approved by shareholders on 18 
November  2009,  is  not  to  exceed  A$400,000  per  annum.  The  amount  of  aggregate  remuneration 
sought to be approved by shareholders and the manner in which it is apportioned amongst Directors is 
reviewed annually.  

The  Board  considers  the  amount  of  Director  fees  being  paid  by  comparable  international  resource 
companies  with  similar  responsibilities,  and  the  experience  of  each  Non-Executive  Director  when 
undertaking the review process.  

Directors’  fees  cover  all  main  Board  activities  and  membership  of  Board  Committees.  No  retirement 
benefits  are  provided  for  any  Non-Executive  Directors’  retirement  or  termination  and  Non-Executive 
Directors do not receive performance related compensation remuneration. 

Director fees paid to Non-Executive Directors are as follows: 

▪  Andrew Boon San Teo (Chairperson): A$150,000 per annum; 

▪  Roy Daniel: A$75,000 per annum; and 

▪  Simon Mottram: A$75,000 per annum. 

(k)  Executive Remuneration changes for FY2020 

As a result of the comprehensive review of the Company’s executive remuneration policy and practice 
conducted in FY2019, a number of changes have been implemented for FY2020 with effect from 01 
July 2019. 

Below is a summary of the key elements of the changes to the executive remuneration approach and 
the at risk remuneration structure. 

(i)  Fixed and Total Remuneration Approach 

Total  Fixed  Remuneration  (‘TFR’)  acts  as  a  base  level  reward  for  a  competent  level  of 
performance.  It  includes  cash,  compulsory  superannuation  contributions  and  any  non-monetary 
benefits. TFR will be targeted at the market median (50th percentile) with flexibility based on: 

▪ 

▪ 

▪ 

the size and complexity of the role; 

the criticality of the role to successful execution of the business strategy; 

role accountabilities; 

▪  skills and experience of the individual; and 

▪  market pay levels for comparable roles. 

The Total Remuneration Package (being TFR, STI and LTI) will be positioned at the median of the 
market (50th percentile), with the opportunity to earn a total remuneration up to the upper quartile 
(75th percentile) in the event that both the individual and the business exceed performance targets. 

When determining the relevant market for each role, the Company will consider companies which 
are  similar  in  size,  complexity  of  operations,  sector  and  risk  profile  from  which  it  sources  talent, 
and to whom it could potentially lose talent. 

65 

 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

13.     REMUNERATION REPORT (Audited) (continued) 

(k) Executive Remuneration Changes for FY2020 (continued) 

(ii)  Executive Remuneration Framework 

The total remuneration package will consist of the following elements of pay. 

Remuneration Elements 

Purpose 

Category 

Definition of Pay Category 

Total Fixed Remuneration 
(“TFR”) 

Pay for meeting role 
requirements 

Fixed pay 

Pay linked to the present value or 
market rate of the role 

Short Term Incentive  
(“STI”) 

Incentive for the 
achievement of 
annual objectives 

Short term 
incentive pay 

Long Term Incentive & 
Reward (“LTI”) 

Long term 
incentive pay 

Incentive for 
achievement of 
sustained business 
long term strategies 
(non-market 
measures) 

Reward for executive 
performance over the 
long term (market 
measures) 

Long term reward 
pay 

Pay for delivering the annual 
operational plan for the Company. 
Short Term Incentive pay is linked to 
the achievement of short term ‘line-
of-sight’ performance goals 

It reflects ‘pay for short term 
performance’. 

Pay for delivering long-term business 
sustainability for the Company. Long 
Term Incentive pay is linked to the 
achievement of long term ‘line-of-
sight’ performance goals 

It reflects ‘pay for long term 
performance’ 

Pay for creating value for 
shareholders. Reward pay is linked 
to shareholder returns 

It reflects ‘pay for results’ 

(iii)  Short Term Incentive Plan Outline 

An  outline  of  the  key  elements  of  the  proposed  Short-Term  Incentive  Plan  as  it  relates  to  the 
Company’s KMP is provided below. 

Purpose 

STI opportunity 

Performance 
targets 

Performance 
assessment 

Motivate  and  reward  employees  for  contributing  to  the  delivery  of  annual  business 
performance. 

The STI opportunity offered to each Executive as a percentage of TFR will depend on 
Company and individual performance but can range from zero to a maximum of 50% 
for the CEO and 40% for Executives. 

STI  payments  will  be  awarded  50%  cash  and  50%  zero  exercise  price  options 
(ZEPO’s) on above threshold performance against a range of Company and individual 
performance objectives. 

The  payment  of  a  short-term  incentive  to  Executives  is  an  at  risk  component  of  the 
individuals total remuneration given that a set of performance targets must be met prior 
to payment. These targets are based on metrics that are measurable, transparent and 
achievable,  designed  to  motivate  and  incentivise  the  recipient  to  achieve  high 
performance  aligned  with  Company  objectives  and  near-term  shareholder  value 
creation. 

The  Company  employs  a  system  of  continuous  performance  feedback  to  drive 
performance  throughout  the  year,  however  a  final  performance  assessment  occurs 
annually following the completion of the financial year for each Executive. Executives 
are  assessed  on  their  contribution  to  the  achievement  of  Company  performance 
objectives and individual performance objectives. 

Measurement period 

The STI will be an annual plan that operates from 01 July to 30 June each year. 

STI deferral 
component 

The equity component of the STI will vest on the twelve (12) month anniversary date of 
the STI award date. 

Cessation of 
employment 

Board discretion 

Vesting of the equity component of the STI granted to Executive KMP is based on a 
continuous service condition being met and is designed to act as a driver of retention 
and medium-term value creation. 

In  the  event  that  the  Executive’s  employment  with  the  Company  terminates  prior  to 
vesting of all ZEPO’s, outstanding unvested ZEPO’s will be reviewed by the Board and 
may or may not vest depending on the circumstances of the Executive’s cessation of 
employment. 

The payments of all STI’s are subject to Board approval. The Board has the discretion 
to adjust remuneration outcomes higher or lower to prevent any inappropriate reward 
outcomes, including reducing (down to zero, if appropriate) any STI payment. 

66 

 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

13.   REMUNERATION REPORT (Audited) (continued) 

 (k)  Executive Remuneration Changes for FY2020 (continued) 

As  part  of  the  annual  business  planning  process  the  Board  determines  the  key  performance 
indicators to reflect targets for the key performance objectives of the business for the following year. 
At the end of the year, the Board makes a rigorous assessment, taking into account quantitative and 
qualitative measures. 

Key Result Area 

Annual Measure and Rationale for Inclusion 

Individual performance  Measures 

Each  Executive  KMP  agrees  an  individual  scorecard  of  performance  objectives  at 
the start of the year against which their performance is assessed. A maximum of 4 
key 
the  specific 
responsibilities of each role annually. 

individual  performance  objectives  will  be  set  based  on 

Rationale 

Designed  to  specifically  focus  individual  Executives  on  key  performance  elements 
that align to the Company’s strategic plan and profitability drivers that are within the 
Executives control. 

Company financial 
performance 

Measures 

Key financial measure meeting targeted All In Sustaining Cost 

Rationale 

Reflects  the  alignment  of  business  strategy  to  create  sustainable  value  for 
shareholders. 

Company safety and 
environmental 
performance 

Measures 

KPI for Total Injury Frequency Rate over 12 months  

Rationale 

Highlights  performance  on  metrics  to  effectively  manage  the  risks  inherent  in  the 
Company’s operations and to ensuring activities do not have an adverse impact on 
the environment. 

Company operational 
performance 

Measures 

Key physical measure meeting targeted Gold Production  

Rationale 

Delivering  strong  production  performance  is  a  key  enabler  to  funding  the 
achievement of the Company’s strategic plan and ensures management delivers on 
core initiatives relating to Company strategy and operating model. 

Growth of Company 
future opportunities 

Measures 

Meeting mining inventory targets as determined by the Board of Directors. 

Rationale 

Demonstrates  the  Company’s  performance  in  achieving  the  organic  growth  of 
current assets. 

Company critical 
strategic objectives 

Measures 

Completion of critical shaft project 

Rationale 

Focuses achievement on key strategic enablers. 

67 

 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

13.    REMUNERATION REPORT (Audited) (continued) 

 (k)  Executive Remuneration Changes for FY2020 (continued) 

The STI award comprises a cash component of 40% and a Performance Right component of 60%. Each 
Performance  Right  awarded  incorporates  a  vesting  condition  that  requires  each  KMP  to  remain  an 
employee  of  the  Company  for  a  period  of  twelve  months  from  date  of  grant  of  17  January  2020.  Each 
Performance Right is a right to acquire one share in the Company for nil consideration.  The fair value of 
the  Short  Term  Performance  Rights  which  has  been  recognised  at  grant  date  and  based  on  the  share 
price of the Company is $0.61 per right in accordance with AASB 2 share based payments. 

The  STI  award  is  determined  following  a  review  of  the  FY19  results  and  typically  occurs  in  the  second 
quarter of the subsequent financial year. No amount is provided for or included in the financial report and 
remuneration report until such a review has taken place. 

Based on the assessment, the STI awarded for the 2019 financial year which were paid, and Performance 
Rights (“PRs”) granted are detailed in the following table: 

Name 

Position 

Opportunity 
STI 

Achieved 
STI 

Cash ($) 

Cash ($) 

Opportunity 
STI 

Vesting Outcome 
STI 

Performance 
Right 

Performance 
Right 

David McGowan  

Chief Executive Officer 

20,592 

20,592 

Peter Alphonso 

Chief Financial Officer 

13,728 

13,728 

James Llorca 

GM, Geology & Resources 

13,728 

13,728 

36,043 

25,658 

22,603 

Note 1 

Note 2 

Note 2 

Notes: 

(1)   Mr McGowan ceased employment on 20 July 2020 and is not entitled to Performance Rights as the twelve month vesting condition will 

not be met. 

(2)   The remaining vesting condition is subject to continuous employment for 12 months from date of grant to 17 January 2021.  

68 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

13.    REMUNERATION REPORT (Audited) (continued) 

 (k)  Executive Remuneration Changes for FY2020 (continued) 

(iv)  Long-term Incentive Plan Outline 

An  outline  of  the  key  elements  of  the  Long-Term  Incentive  (‘LTI’)  Plan  as  it  relates  to  the 
Company’s KMP is provided below. 

Purpose 

Focus  Executive  attention  on  driving  sustainable  long-term  growth  and  align  the 
interests of Executives with those of shareholders. 

LTI opportunity 

The  LTI  opportunity  is  determined  by  the  Executives  role  within  the  business  and  is 
awarded by the offer of a number of performance rights or zero exercise price options 
(‘ZEPO’s’) based on a percentage of TFR. The LTI opportunity for the CEO is 90% and 
for Executives is 70%. 

Performance 
hurdles 

In FY2020 and going forward, the Company will use a combination of non-market and 
market equally weighted performance hurdles utilising the following measures: 

1.  Non-market  measures  to  be  determined  by  the  Board  of  Directors  (50% 

weighting) 

2.  Market Measures (50% weighting): 

(a)  Relative Total Shareholder Return (‘TSR’); and 

(b)  Absolute Total Shareholder Return 

Vesting  

Service 
conditions 

Performance 
conditions 

Vesting  of  the  performance  rights  ZEPO’s  granted  to  Executive  KMP  is  based  on  a 
continuous service condition and performance conditions as detailed below 

The  LTI  award  is  subject  to  a  service  condition.  This  condition  is  met  if  the  KMP’s 
employment with the Company is continuous for three years commencing on or around 
the grant date and is aimed at the retention of KMP’s. 

Financial and Strategic measures 

The  Board  will  determine  financial  and  strategic  measures  that  align  with  the 
Company’s long-term objectives.  

Relative TSR 

The TSR scorecard for the three-year measurement period is determined based on a 
percentile  ranking  of  the  Company’s  TSR  results  relative  to  the  TSR  of  each  of  the 
companies in the peer group over the same three-year measurement period. 

The  Board  considers  relative  TSR  an  appropriate  performance  hurdle  because  it 
ensures  that  a  proportion  of  each  participant’s  remuneration  is  linked  to  the 
comparative return received by shareholders from holding shares in a company in the 
peer group for the same period. 

Absolute TSR 

The  increase  in  the  Company’s  absolute  TSR  will  be  measured  over  a  three-year 
period. 

The  Board  considers  absolute  TSR  an  appropriate  performance  hurdle  because  it 
ensures  KMP  performance  is  rewarded  when  a  year-on-year  improvement  in 
shareholder value is achieved. 

Vesting 
schedule 

The number of ZEPO’s vested after 3 years is subject to achievement of performance 
conditions as shown above 

Measurement 
period 

Cessation of 
employment 

Testing occurs three years from 01 July of the relevant financial year. 

In  the  event  that  the  KMP’s  employment  with  the  Company  terminates  prior  to  the 
vesting of all rights/options, outstanding unvested rights/options will be reviewed by the 
Board  and  may  or  may  not  vest  depending  on  the  circumstances  of  the  cessation  of 
employment. 

In the case of changes of control incentives will be awarded on a pro rata basis. 

Peer group 

The  Company’s  TSR  performance  for  rights/options  issued  during  FY2020  will  be 
assessed  against  a  peer  group  comprised  of  members  of  the  ASX  300  Metals  and 
Mining Index. 

On  13  March  2020,  the  Company  issued  Long  Term  Performance  Rights  to  its  KMP  Executive 
Officers,  excluding  Directors  of  the  Company.  Under  the  terms  of  the  issue,  KMP’s  would  be 
required to remain in employment of the Company for a three-year vesting period, until 13 March 
2023. 

Each Performance Right is a right to acquire one share in the Company for nil consideration. 

The  value  at grant  date  of  Performance  Rights  granted  as part  of  remuneration  is calculated  in 
accordance with AASB2 Share Based Payments. The value for a Performance Right granted has 
been calculated as $0.26 each. 

69 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

13.    REMUNERATION REPORT (Audited) (continued) 

  (k)    Executive Remuneration Changes for FY2020 (continued) 

         (iv)   Long-term Incentive Plan Outline (continued) 

 The terms and conditions of the Long-term performance rights include the following: 

Long Term 
Incentive 
Measures 

Financial 
measure: 

Earnings per 
share growth 

Weighting 
relative to 
Total PR 
issued 

Targets 

Range of growth/change 

Percentage allocation of 
weighting 

17% 

•  Negative 

Zero 

•  0 to 5% per annum growth  

Pro rata 0% to 40% 

•  5 to 10% per annum growth 

Pro rata 40% to 100% 

pro rata  

•  Greater than 10% per 

  100% 

annum growth 

16% 

•  Negative  

Zero 

•  Depletion  replacement  to 

Pro rata 0% to 40% 

20% growth 

•  20% to 40% growth 

Pro rata 40% to 100% 

•  Greater than 40% 

100% 

17% 

•  < 70% of decline developed  

Zero 

•  70% to 85%  

Pro rata 0% to 100% 

•  >85% of decline  

100% 

25% 

•  Below 50th percentile 
•  At 50th percentile  
•  50th to 75th percentile 
•  Greater than 75th percentile 

Zero 

50% 

Pro rata 50% to 100% 

100% 

Score mechanism 

EPS calculation to 
exclude non-recurring 
items and measured 
as the cumulative 
annual growth rate 
over a 3 year period 

Based on JORC 
compliant reports 2019 
and 2022 

Based on the decline 
metres developed at end 
of June 2022, based on 
plan to access level 14. 
70% = 3,450 metres of 
decline, 
85% = 4,190 metres. 

Measured against Peer 
Group based on 30 day 
VWAP at the relative 
measure points at 30 
June 2019 and 30 June 
2022 

Company 
growth: 

Increase in ore 
reserves 

Long-term 
Infrastructure 
target: 

Decline 
development 

Relative total 
shareholder 
returns: 

Measure of 
Company return 
compared to 
peer group. 

Absolute total 
shareholder 
return: 

Measure of 
Company return 

25% 

•  Below 20% 

Zero 

•  Between 20 to 50% 

•  Greater than 50% 

Pro rata 50% to 100% 

100% 

Measure by comparing 
30 day VWAP at 30 
June 2019 to 30 day 
VWAP at 30 June 2022 

  The  following  companies  have  been  identified  by  the  Company  to comprise the  Peer  Group. The 
Remuneration  Committee  may  recommend  to  the  Board  to  either  include  or  exclude  gold  mining 
organisations available on this list to reflect changes in the industry: 

Company  

ASX Code 

Austral Gold Limited 
Blackham Resources Limited 
Dacian Gold Limited 
Emerald Resources Limited 
Kingrose Mining Limited 
Millennium Minerals Limited 
Oceana Gold Limited 
Pantoro Limited 
Persues Mining Limited 
Ramelius Resources Limited 
Red 5 Limited 
Regis Resources Limited 
St Barbara Limited 

  Troy Resources Limited 

AGD 
BLK 
DCN 
EMR 
KRM 
MOY 
OGC 
PNR 
PRU 
RMS 
RED 
RRL 
SBM 
TRY 

70 

 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

13.    REMUNERATION REPORT (Audited) (continued) 

 (l)  Statutory Remuneration Disclosures 

(i)  Executive Contracts 

Remuneration  and  other  terms  of  employment  for  the  Executives  are  formalised  in  service 
agreements.  The  service  agreements  specify  the  components  of  remuneration,  benefits  and  notice 
periods.  Participation  in  the  STI  and  LTI  plans  is  subject  to  the  Boards  discretion.  Other  major 
provisions of the agreements relating to remuneration are set out below. 

David McGowan (Chief Executive Officer - ceased employment on 20 July 2020) 

Contract description: 

Employment contract between the Company and David McGowan (“Employee”). 

Term: 

Services: 

Remuneration: 

Termination: 

Commencement date of 01 February 2017 until the Employee is terminated.  

The Employee is employed as Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) of the Company and 
is responsible for all operational aspects within the Company 

Fixed remuneration: 
A$500,000  per  annum  (inclusive of  a  superannuation), subject  to annual  review  by 
the Board. During the review, the Board will consider the progress of the Company 
and comparable industry standards.   

Variable remuneration - Short term incentive: 
The  Employee  may  be  entitled  to  participate  in  the  Short-Term  Incentive  Plan  as 
detailed in this report. 

Variable remuneration - Long term incentive: 
The  Company  may  grant  the  employee  share  options  or  performance  rights  in 
accordance with Medusa’s Share option and performance rights plans as detailed in 
this report. 

Termination by the Company: 
The Employer may terminate the Employee's  employment for  any  reason  by  giving 
the Employee 3 month’s written notice or payment in lieu of notice, or a combination 
of notice and payment in lieu of notice. 
The  Company  may  immediately  terminate  the  agreement  in  certain  circumstances, 
including  if  the  Employee  is  in  default  of  its  obligations  and  does  not  remedy  that 
default in addition to other standard default situations. 

Termination by the Employee: 
The  Employee may  terminate the  agreement  at  any  time  by  giving  the  Company  3 
months’ written notice. 

James Llorca (General Manager, Geology & Resources) 

Contract description: 

Employment contract between the Company and James Llorca (“Employee”). 

Term: 

Services: 

Remuneration: 

Termination: 

Commencement date of 10 October 2016 until the Employee is terminated.  

The  Employee  is  employed  as  General  Manager,  Geology  &  Resources  of  the 
Company and is responsible all matters pertaining to geology in the Company. 

Fixed remuneration: 
A$368,000  per  annum  (inclusive of  a  superannuation), subject  to annual  review  by 
the Board. During the review, the Board will consider the progress of the Company 
and comparable industry standards.   

Variable remuneration - Short term incentive: 
The  Employee  may  be  entitled  to  participate  in  the  Short-Term  Incentive  Plan  as 
detailed in this report. 

Variable remuneration - Long term incentive: 
The  Company  may  grant  the  employee  share  options  or  performance  rights  in 
accordance with Medusa’s Share option and performance rights plans as detailed in 
this report. 

Termination by the Company: 
The Employer may terminate the  Employee's  employment for  any  reason  by  giving 
the Employee 3 month’s written notice or payment in lieu of notice, or a combination 
of notice and payment in lieu of notice. 
The  Company  may  immediately  terminate  the  agreement  in  certain  circumstances, 
including  if  the  Employee  is  in  default  of  its  obligations  and  does  not  remedy  that 
default in addition to other standard default situations. 

Termination by the Employee: 
The  Employee may  terminate the  agreement  at  any  time  by  giving  the  Company  3 
months’ written notice. 

71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

13.     REMUNERATION REPORT (Audited) (continued) 

(l)  Statutory Remuneration Disclosures (continued) 

(i)  Executive Contracts (continued) 

   Peter Alphonso (Company Secretary/Chief Financial Officer) 

Contract description: 

Employment contract between the Company and Peter Alphonso (“Employee”). 

Term: 

Role: 

No set term and the agreement will continue until Employee is terminated. 

The  Employee  is  as  Company  Secretary/Chief  Financial  Officer  and  is  responsible 
for  the  day  to  day  management  of  all  financial,  administrative  and  corporate 
functions of the Company. 

Remuneration: 

Fixed remuneration: 

Termination: 

A$412,000 per annum (inclusive of superannuation), subject to annual review by the 
Board.  During the review, the Board will consider the progress of the Company and 
comparable industry standards.   

Variable remuneration - Short term incentive: 
The  Employee  may  be  entitled  to  participate  in  the  Short  Term  Incentive  Plan  as 
detailed in this report. 

Variable remuneration - Long term incentive: 

The  Company  may  grant  the  employee  share  options  or  performance  rights  in 
accordance with Medusa’s Share option and performance rights plans as detailed in 
this report. 

Termination by the Company: 
The Employer may terminate the Employee's employment for any reason (other than 
as set out below in relation to a “Material Diminution” or default by the Employee) by 
giving  the  Employee  3  month’s  written  notice  or  payment  in  lieu  of  notice,  or  a 
combination of notice and payment in lieu of notice. 

The  Company  may  immediately  terminate  the  agreement  in  certain  circumstances, 
including  if  the  Employee  is  in  default  of  its  obligations  and  does  not  remedy  that 
default in addition to other standard default situations. 

Termination by the Employee: 

The  Employee may  terminate the  agreement  at  any  time  by  giving  the  Company  3 
months’ written notice. 

Termination by reason of Material Diminution: 

A  “Material  Diminution”  is  a  change  in  the  Employee’s  status  as  Company 
Secretary/Chief Financial Officer of the Company, including a material change in his 
authority  in  respect  of  the  business  of  the  Company  or  a  change  in  his  reporting 
relationship with the Board. 

If a Material Diminution occurs, within 3 months of this occurring, the Employee may 
give the Company 2 weeks’ written notice of termination of this agreement.  Subject 
to the Corporations Act, the Company must make a payment to the Employee in lieu 
of a notice period equal to 12 months. 

Raul Villanueva (Executive Director of Medusa Mining Limited and President of Philsaga Mining Corporation) 

On 10 December 2012, Philsaga Mining Corporation (“PMC”) executed an employme nt contract 
with Raul Villanueva.  

Under  the  terms  of  the  contract,  PMC  has  primarily  engaged  Mr  Villanueva  to  the  position  of 
President  of  PMC.  His  role  as  President,  involves  managing  the  business  affairs  of  PMC, 
implementing administrative and operational policies, attending to industrial relation matters and 
any other mining activities and associated complimentary services. 

Mr  Villanueva  who  is  also  a  Director  of  Medusa  Mining  Limited,  receives  an  annual  salary  of 
$425,000  which  is  subject  to  annual  reviews  by  the  Board.  During  the  review,  the  Board  will 
consider the progress of the Company and comparable industry standards.   

PMC  will  additionally  reimburse  Mr  Villanueva  for  all  reasonable  expenses  incurred  in  the 
performance  of  his  services  including  entertainment,  accommodation,  meals,  telephone  and 
travelling. 

Apart  from  the  Key  Management  Personnel  related transactions  with  the  Company  or  its controlled 
and  affiliated  entities  disclosed  in  this  note,  no  Key  Management  Personnel  has  entered  into  a 
material  contract  with  the  Company  since  the  end  of  the  financial  year  and  there  were  no  material 
contracts involving Management Personnel’s’ interests subsisting at year end. 

72 

 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

13.     REMUNERATION REPORT (Audited) (continued) 

(l)     Statutory Remuneration Disclosures (continued) 

(ii)  Board policy in relation to limiting exposure to risk in securities. 

Under the Company's Securities Trading Policy, Directors and Executives are prohibited from 
dealing  in  financial  products  issued  or  created  over  or  in  respect  of  Medusa  securities  (eg 
hedges or derivatives) which have the effect of reducing or eliminating the risk associated with 
any equity incentives that Medusa may offer from time to time (for example, a person may be 
granted an equity incentive award that vests at a time in the future subject to achieving certain 
performance  goals;  certain  financial  institutions  offer  products  which  act  as  an  insurance 
policy  if  the  performance  goals  are  not  met,  thereby  reducing  the  "at-risk"  element  of  the 
person's incentive arrangements). 

(m)  Related Parties 

 Related parties: 

Andrew Teo, Roy Daniel, Peter Hepburn-Brown, Simon Mottram, Boyd Timler,             
Raul Villanueva, David McGowan, Peter Alphonso and James Llorca. 

 Type of transaction:  Director and Officers Protection Deed (“Deed”) 

 Transaction details:  The  Deed  entered  into  by  the  Company  with  each  of  the  Directors  of  the  Company, 
indemnifies  the  Directors  to  the  extent  permitted  by  law,  against  any  liability,  which  he 
may  incur  whilst  carrying  out  his  duties  as  a  Director  of  the  Company  and  against  any 
costs  and  expenses  incurred  in  defending  legal  proceedings  brought  against  him  as  a 
Director.  

The  Deed  requires  the  Company  to  maintain  in  force  Directors’  and  Officers’  Liability 
Insurance, with an agreed cover level, for the duration of the Directors’ term of office and 
a period of 7 years thereafter. 

The  Deed  also  provides  for  the  Directors  to  have  access  to  the  Company’s  documents 
(including Board papers) for a period of 7 years after he ceases to be a Director, subject 
to certain confidentiality and other requirements being observed. 

        At  the  Annual  General  Meeting  of  shareholders  held  on  7  November  2019  a  94.7%  majority  voted  in 

favour of adopting the Remuneration Report.  

End of Remuneration Report 

(n)  Un-issued shares under options/rights 

At the date of this report, details of un-issued ordinary shares of the Company under option are 
as follows: 

Expiry date 

Exercise price 

No. of options/rights 

No. of shares issued if 
options/rights exercised  

Employee options 

24 November 2020 

24 November 2020 

24 November 2020 

24 November 2020 

8 January 2022 

8 January 2022 

8 January 2022 

8 January 2022 

TOTAL 

A$1.00 

A$1.25 

A$1.50 

A$1.75 

A$1.00 

A$1.25 

A$1.50 

A$1.75 

90,000 

90,000 

90,000 

90,000 

416,250 

416,250 

416,250 

416,250 

90,000 

90,000 

90,000 

90,000 

416,250 

416,250 

416,250 

416,250 

2,025,000 

2,025,000 

(o)  Shares issued on exercise of options/rights 

During or since the end of the financial year no options were exercised. 

73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
         
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

14. 

INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS 

Indemnification 

The Company has agreed to indemnify the following current Directors and Officers of the Company, Messrs 
Teo,  Daniel,  Villanueva,  Mottram,  McGowan,  Alphonso  and  Llorca  and  the  following  former  Directors  and 
Officers Messrs Davis, Weinberg, Angeles, Hepburn-Brown, Timler, Powell and Gregory against all liabilities 
to another person (other than the Company or a related body corporate) that may arise from their position as 
Directors  and  Officers  of  the  Company  and  its  controlled  entities,  except  where  the  liability  arises  out  of 
conduct involving a wilful breach of duty or improper use of information to gain a personal advantage. 

No amount has been paid under any of these indemnities during the financial year under review. 

Insurance premiums 

During  the  year,  the  Company  paid  an  insurance  premium  for  Directors’  and  Officers’  Liability  Insurance 
policy,  which  cover  all  Directors,  Company  Secretaries  and  other  Officers  of  the  Company  and  its  related 
entities.  Details  of  the  nature  of  the  liabilities  covered  and  the  amount  of  premium  paid  in  respect  of  the 
Directors’ and Officers’ Liability Insurance policies are not disclosed, as such disclosure is prohibited under the 
terms of the policy. 

15. 

INDEMNIFICATION OF AUDITORS 

Medusa Mining Limited (“Medusa”) has agreed to indemnify its auditors, BDO Audit (WA) Pty Limited (“BDO”) 
to  the  extent  permitted  by  law,  against  any  claim  by  a  third  party  arising  from  MML’s  breach  of  their 
agreement. MML will meet the full amount of any such liabilities including a reasonable amount of legal costs. 

During the financial year, the Company has not paid any premium in respect to any insurance for  BDO or a 
body  corporate  related  to  BDO  and  there  were  no  officers  of  the  Company  who  were  former  partners  or 
directors of BDO, whilst BDO conducted audits of the Group. 

16. 

ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATIONS 

The  Group's  operations  are  subject  to  a  number  of  environmental  regulations  in  relation  to  its  exploration, 
mining and processing activities in the Philippines and Australia. Details of these regulations are set out in the 
Review of Operations, under the section titled Environmental Management and Monitoring in the Final Annual 
Report. 

The Directors are not aware of any significant breaches of environmental regulations during the financial year. 

17. 

PROCEEDINGS ON BEHALF OF THE COMPANY 

No person has applied for leave of Court to bring proceedings on behalf of the Company or intervene in any 
proceedings to which the Company is a party for the purpose of taking responsibility on behalf of the Company 
for all or any part of those proceedings. 

The Company was not a party to any such proceedings during the financial year. 

18.  NON-AUDIT SERVICES 

During the year, affiliated entities of BDO Audit (WA) Pty Limited (“BDO”), the Company’s auditors, performed 
certain other services in addition to their statutory duties. 

The  Board  has  considered  and  is  satisfied  that  the  provision  of  non-audit  services  during  the  year  by  the 
auditor  is  compatible  with  and  did  not  compromise,  the  auditor  independence  requirements  of  the 
Corporations Act for the following reasons: 

a) 

b) 

c) 

all non-audit services are reviewed and approved by the Board prior to commencement to ensure they 
do not adversely affect the integrity and objectivity of the auditor;  

the  nature  of  the  non-audit  services  provided  do  not  compromise  the  general  principles  relating  to 
auditor independence as set out in APES 110: Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants set by the 
Accounting Professional and Ethical Standards Board;  

The services of the affiliated entities of the BDO Group have not involved reviewing or auditing BDO’s 
own work or acting in a managerial or decision-making capacity within the Group; and 

d)  There is no reason to question the veracity of BDO’s Independence Declaration. 

The following fees were paid  affiliated entities of BDO (Audit) Pty Ltd for non-audit services provided during 
the year ended 30 June 2020: 

Item description 

Taxation 

Remuneration consulting 

IFRS Advisory 

Total 

Unit 

US$ 

US$ 

US$ 

US$ 

2020 

29,363 

3,129 

10,950 

43,442 

2019 

39,745 

       5,429 

2,874 

48,048 

74 

 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

19.  AUDITOR’S INDEPENDENCE DECLARATION 

The Lead Auditor’s Independence Declaration for the year ended 30 June 2020 has been received and can be 
found on page 76 of this Report. 

20.  ROUNDING OFF AMOUNTS  

The Group  is of a kind referred to in ASIC Legislative Instrument 2016/191 and accordingly, amounts in the 
Financial  Report  and  Directors’  Report  have been  rounded  to the  nearest  $1,000  or  in  certain  cases,  to the 
nearest dollar to reflect where rounding in ‘000 is not permitted. 

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Board of Directors 

Andrew Teo 
Chairperson 

Dated at Perth this 31st  day of August 2020 

75 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tel: +61 8 6382 4600
Fax: +61 8 6382 4601
www.bdo.com.au

38 Station Street
Subiaco, WA 6008
PO Box 700 West Perth WA 6872
Australia

DECLARATION OF INDEPENDENCE BY NEIL SMITH TO THE DIRECTORS OF MEDUSA MINING LIMITED

As lead auditor of Medusa Mining Limited for the year ended 30 June 2020, I declare that, to the best
of my knowledge and belief, there have been:

1. No contraventions of the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 in

relation to the audit; and

2. No contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit.

This declaration is in respect of Medusa Mining Limited and the entities it controlled during the period.

Neil Smith

Director

BDO Audit (WA) Pty Ltd

Perth, 31 August 2020

BDO Audit (WA) Pty Ltd ABN 79 112 284 787 is a member of a national association of independent entities which are all members of BDO Australia Ltd ABN 77 050 110 275,
an Australian company limited by guarantee. BDO Audit (WA) Pty Ltd and BDO Australia Ltd are members of BDO International Ltd, a UK company limited by guarantee, and
form part of the international BDO network of independent member firms. Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.

76

CONTENTS OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Contents of Financial Statements 

Page number 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

7. 

Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income 

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

Directors’ Declaration 

Independent Auditor’s Report 

78 

79 

80 

81 

82 

121 

122 

77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER 
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 
For the year ended 30 June 2020 

Revenue 

Cost of sales 

Gross Profit 

Other income 

Exploration & Evaluation expenses  

Administration expenses 

Other expenses 

Profit/(Loss) before income tax expense 

Income tax (expense)/benefit 

Profit/(Loss) for the year after income tax expense 

Consolidated 

Note 

2020 
US$000 

2019 
US$000 

2 

147,829 

129,320 

(85,585) 

(75,409) 

62,244 

53,911 

209 

(1,583) 

(9,691) 

282 

(1,688) 

(9,996) 

(12,438) 

(11,106) 

38,741 

(3,356) 

35,385 

31,403 

5,086 

36,489 

2 

3 

4 

Other comprehensive profit/(loss): 

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss: 

Movement in other reserves 

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations (net of tax) 

(1,269) 

405 

 310 

5,950 

Total comprehensive profit/(loss) attributable to the owners 

34,521 

42,749 

Overall operations: 

Basic profit/(loss) per share  

Diluted profit/(loss) per share  

5 

5 

0.170 

0.169 

0.176 

0.172 

The above Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income should be read in conjunction with the 
accompanying notes. 

78 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION 
as at 30 June 2020 

CURRENT ASSETS 

Cash & cash equivalents 

Trade & other receivables 

Inventories 

Other current assets 

Total Current Assets 

NON-CURRENT ASSETS 

Trade & other receivables 

Property, plant & equipment   

Intangible assets 

Mine Rehabilitation 

Development expenditure 

Deferred tax assets 

Right-of-use assets 

Total Non-current Assets  

TOTAL ASSETS 

CURRENT LIABILITIES 

Trade & other payables 

Borrowings 

Provisions 

Lease Liabilities 

Total Current Liabilities 

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES 

Borrowings 

Deferred tax liability 

Provisions 

Lease Liabilities 

Total Non-current Liabilities 

TOTAL LIABILITIES 

NET ASSETS 

EQUITY 

Issued capital 

Reserves 

Retained profits/(accumulated losses) 

TOTAL EQUITY 

Consolidated 

Note 

2020 
US$000 

2019 
US$000 

24 (a) 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

17 

16 

13 

14 

15 

16 

14 

17 

15 

16 

19 

20 

23 

38,852 

9,682 

15,479 

732 

64,745 

19,307 

15,070 

446 

1,425 

64,490 

23,080 

1,899 

125,717 

190,462 

16,011 

5,457 

466 

532 

18,109 

5,188 

12,739 

789 

36,825 

28,506 

15,743 

580 

1,793 

50,193 

18,427 

- 

115,242 

152,067 

14,379 

6,679 

401 

- 

22,466 

21,459 

296 

257 

7,590 

1,432 

9,575 

32,041 

150 

778 

5,938 

- 

6,866 

28,325 

158,421 

123,742 

102,902 

102,902 

6,157 

49,362 

6,779 

14,061 

158,421 

123,742 

The above Consolidated Statement of Financial Position should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 

Share 
capital 
ordinary 

Retained 
profits/ 
Accumulated 
losses 

Share 
based 
payment 
reserves 

Other 
reserves 

US$000 

Foreign 
currency 
translation 
reserve 

Total 

Note 

US$000 

US$000 

US$000 

US$000 

US$000 

CONSOLIDATED 

Balance at 30 June 2018 

102,902 

(21,370) 

994 

Change in accounting policy 

- 

(1,982) 

- 

Balance as at 01 July 2018 

102,902 

(23,352) 

994 

Net profit/(loss) after tax 

Other comprehensive profit/(loss) 

Total comprehensive profit/(loss) for the year 

Transactions with owners, in their capacity as 
owners, and other transfers 

Share options expensed 

21 

Transfer from option reserve 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

317 

82,843 

- 

(1,982) 

317 

80,861 

- 

36,489 

310 

310 

5,950 

6,260 

5,950 

42,749 

36,489 

- 

36,489 

- 

- 

- 

- 

132 

924 

(924) 

- 

- 

- 

- 

132 

- 

Balance at 30 June 2019 

102,902 

14,061 

202 

310 

6,267 

123,742 

Balance at 01 July 2019 

Net profit/(loss) after tax 

Other comprehensive profit/(loss) 

Total comprehensive profit/(loss) for the year 

Transactions with owners, in their capacity as 
owners, and other transfers 

Share options expensed 

21 

Transfer from option reserve 

102,902 

14,061 

202 

310 

6,267 

123,742 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

35,385 

- 

35,385 

- 

(84) 

- 

- 

- 

158 

84 

444 

- 

- 

35,385 

(1,269) 

(1,269) 

405 

405 

(864) 

34,521 

- 

- 

- 

- 

158 

- 

(959) 

6,672 

158,421 

Balance at 30 June 2020 

102,902 

49,362 

The above Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

80 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES 

Receipts from customers  

Payments to suppliers & employees 

Payments for exploration & evaluation activities 

Other income 

Interest received 

Income tax paid 

Consolidated 

Note 

2020 
US$000 

2019 
US$000 

147,829 

129,320 

(84,456) 

(1,583) 

79 

130 

(71,392) 

(1,688) 

118 

159 

(5,230) 

(7,334) 

Net cash provided by operating activities 

24(b) 

56,769 

49,183 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES 

Payments for non-current assets 

Payment for development activities 

(6,624) 

(27,723) 

(6,680) 

(36,312) 

Net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities 

(34,347) 

(42,992) 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES  

Payment for lease liabilities 

(Payment of)/receipt from bank loans 

Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash held 

Cash and cash equivalent at the beginning of the year 

Exchange rate adjustment 

(532) 

(1,076) 

(1,608) 

20,814 

18,109 

(71) 

Cash and cash equivalent at the end of the year 

24(a) 

38,852 

The above Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows should be used in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

- 

324 

324 

6,515 

11,198 

396 

18,109 

81 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 

Contents of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

Page number 

83 

96 

96 

97 

97 

98 

98 

98 

98 

98 

99 

100 

102 

102 

102 

104 

105 

105 

106 

107 

108 

111 

111 

112 

113 

116 

116 

117 

117 

118 

120 

120 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

7. 

8. 

9. 

10. 

11. 

12. 

13. 

14. 

15. 

16. 

17. 

18. 

19. 

20. 

21. 

22. 

23. 

24. 

25. 

26. 

27. 

28. 

29. 

30. 

31. 

32. 

Statement of significant accounting policies 

Revenue 

Expenses 

Taxation 

Earnings/(Loss) per share 

Trade and other Receivables - Current 

Inventories 

Other current assets 

Trade and other Receivables – Non-Current 

Property, plant and equipment 

Development expenditure 

Impairment of non-current assets 

Trade and other payables 

Borrowings 

Provisions 

Leases 

Deferred tax 

Auditor’s remuneration 

Issued capital 

Reserves 

Share-based payments 

Investment in subsidiaries 

Retained profits and Accumulated Losses 

Notes to the statement of cash flows 

Financial risk management 

Commitments 

Contingent liabilities 

Related parties 

Events subsequent to reporting date 

Segment information 

Parent company information 

Company details 

82 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 

1. 

STATEMENT OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

The  financial  report  is  a  general  purpose  financial  report,  which  has  been  prepared  in  accordance  with 
Australian  Accounting  Standards, 
Interpretations,  other  authoritative 
including  Australian  Accounting 
pronouncements of the Australian Accounting Standards Board (“AASB”) and the Corporations Act 2001.  

Australian  Accounting  Standards set  out  accounting  policies  that  the  AASB has  concluded  would  result  in a 
financial report containing relevant and reliable information about transactions, events and conditions to which 
they apply. Medusa Mining Limited is a for profit entity for the purpose of preparing the financial statements. 
Compliance  with  Australian  Accounting  Standards  ensures  that  the  financial  statements  and  notes  also 
comply with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). Material accounting policies adopted in the 
preparation of this financial report are presented below. They have been consistently applied unless otherwise 
stated. 

The financial report covers the Group of Medusa Mining Limited (“Medusa”) and controlled entities. Medusa is 
a listed public company, incorporated and domiciled in Australia. 

The  separate  financial  statements  of  the  parent  entity,  Medusa  Mining  Limited,  have  not  been  presented 
within this financial report as permitted by the Corporations Act 2001. A summary of financial information for 
the parent is included in note 31. 

The financial statements were authorised by the Directors on 27 August 2020. 

Basis of preparation 

Reporting Basis and Conventions  

The financial report has been prepared on an accruals basis and is based on historical costs modified, where 
applicable,  by  the  measurement  at  fair  value  of  selected  non-current  assets,  financial  assets  and  financial 
liabilities. 

(a) 

Principles of consolidation 

The Group’s financial statements consolidate those of the Parent Company and all of its subsidiaries 
as at 30 June 2020. The Parent controls a subsidiary if it is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns 
from  its  involvement  with  the  subsidiary  and  has  the  ability  to  affect  those  returns  through  its  power 
over the subsidiary.  All subsidiaries have a reporting date of 30 June. 

All  transactions  and  balances  between  Group  companies  are  eliminated  on  consolidation,  including 
unrealised gains and losses on transactions between Group companies.  Where unrealised losses on 
intra-group  asset  sales  are  reversed  on  consolidation,  the  underlying  asset  is  also  tested  for 
impairment  from  a  group  perspective.    Amounts  reported  in  the  financial  statements  of  subsidiaries 
have  been  adjusted  where  necessary  to  ensure  consistency  with  the  accounting  policies  adopted  by 
the Group. 

Profit or loss and other comprehensive income of subsidiaries acquired or disposed of during the year 
are  recognised  from  the  effective  date  of  acquisition,  or  up  to  the  effective  date  of  disposal,  as 
applicable. 

Non-controlling  interests,  presented  as  part  of  equity,  represent  the  portion  of  a  subsidiary’s  profit  or 
loss and net assets that is not held by the Group. The Group attributes total comprehensive income or 
loss of subsidiaries between the owners of the parent and the non-controlling interests based on their 
respective ownership interests. 

A list of controlled entities during the year ended 30 June 2020 is presented in note 22. 

(b) 

New and amended accounting standards and interpretations issued but not yet effective 

There are no new standards, amendments to standards and interpretations identified  that may impact 
the entity in the period of initial application.  

83 

 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 

1.  STATEMENT OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued) 

(c)  Adoption of new and amended accounting standards 

The Group has adopted all of the new or amended Accounting Standards and Interpretations issued by 
the  Australian  Accounting  Standards  Board  ('AASB')  that  are  mandatory  for  the  current  reporting 
period.  

Any  new  or  amended  Accounting  Standards  or  Interpretations  that  are  not  yet  mandatory  have  not 
been early adopted. The following Accounting Standards and Interpretations are most relevant to the 
consolidated entity: 

• 

Interpretation 23 Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments 

The interpretation outlines recognition and measurement requirements of AASB 112 Income Taxes 
and how they should be applied when there is uncertainty over income tax treaties, having no material 
impact on the Group. 

•  AASB 16 Leases  

The impact of the adoption of the standard and the new accounting policies are disclosed below.  

AASB  16  Leases  replaces  AASB  117  Leases  and  Interpretation  4  in  determining  whether  an 
arrangement contains a Lease. In accordance with the transitional provisions of AASB 16, the Group 
has elected  to  adopt  AASB  16  using  the modified  retrospective  approach,  where the lease  liability  is 
measured at the present value of future lease payments on the initial date of application, being 1 July 
2019.  In  determining  the  present  value,  the  discount  rate  is  determined  by  reference  to  the  group’s 
incremental borrowing rate on the date of initial application of the standard (1 July 2019). 

On transition to AASB 16 the Group has measured its right of use assets at the amount of the lease 
liability,  adjusted  for  any  lease  prepayments  or  accruals  recognised  under  the  old  leasing  standard, 
AASB 117. 

In  applying  the  modified  retrospective  approach,  the  Group  has  taken  advantage  of  the  following 
practical expedients: 

•  A  single  discount  rate  has  been  applied  to  portfolios  of  leases  with  reasonably  similar 

characteristics.  

•  Leases  with  a  remaining  term  of  12  months  or  less  from  the  date  of  application  have  been 
accounted  for  as  short-term  leases  (i.e.  not  recognised  on  balance  sheet)  even  though  the  initial 
term of the leases from lease commencement date may have been more than 12 months.  

The weighted average incremental borrowing rate applied to lease liabilities on 1 July 2019 was 6.03%. 

The  Group’s  operating  lease commitment  at  30  June  2019  can  be  reconciled  to  the  aggregate  lease 
liability recognised in the statement of financial position at 1 July 2019 as follows: 

Operating lease commitment at 30 June 2019 

Add: 

Adjustment as a result of recognising different treatment of extension options discounted  

at an annual rate of 5.35% & 6.25% 

Lease liability recognised as at 01 July 2019 

of which are: 

Current Liability 

Non-Current Liability 

Right of use asset recognised as at 01 July 2019 

Changes in Accounting Policies 

US$ 000 

448 

1,922 

2,370 

415 

1,955 

2,370 

The  following  discloses  the  new  accounting policies  that  have  been  applied  from  1  July  2019,  where 
they are different to those applied in prior periods.  

84 

 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 

1.        STATEMENT OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued) 

(c) 

Adoption of new and amended accounting standards (continued) 

AASB 16 Leases  

All leases are accounted for by recognising a right-of-use asset and a lease liability except for: 

• 

• 

leases of low value assets; and 

leases with a term of 12 months or less. 

Initial recognition - Lease liability 

Lease liabilities are measured at the present value of the contractual payments due to the lessor over 
the lease term, with the discount rate determined by reference to the rate inherent in the lease unless 
(as  is  typically  the  case)  this  is  not  readily  determinable,  in  which  case  the  group’s  incremental 
borrowing rate on commencement of the lease is used. Variable lease payments are only included in 
the  measurement  of  the  lease  liability  if  they  depend  on  an  index  or  rate.  In  such  cases,  the  initial 
measurement of the lease liability assumes the variable element will remain unchanged throughout the 
lease term. Other variable lease payments are expensed in the period to which they relate. 

On initial recognition, the carrying value of the lease liability also includes: 

•  amounts expected to be payable under any residual value guarantee; 

• 

the exercise price of any purchase option granted in favour of the group if it is reasonable certain to 
assess that option; and 

•  any penalties payable for terminating the lease, if the term of the lease has been estimated on the 

basis of termination option being exercised.  

Initial recognition - Right-of-use asset 

Right  of  use  assets  are  initially  measured  at  the  amount  of  the  lease  liability,  reduced  for  any  lease 
incentives received, and increased for: 

• 

• 

• 

lease payments made at or before commencement of the lease; 

initial direct costs incurred; and 

the amount of any provision recognised where the group is required to dismantle, remove or restore 
the leased asset. 

Subsequent measurement - lease liability and right of use asset 

Subsequent to initial measurement lease liabilities increase as a result of interest charged at a constant 
rate  on  the  balance  outstanding  and  are  reduced  for  lease  payments  made.  Right-of-use  assets  are 
amortised on a straight-line basis over the remaining term of the lease or over the remaining economic 
life of the asset if, rarely, this is judged to be shorter than the lease term. 

Subsequent measurement - changes in estimates 

When the group revises its estimate of the term of any lease (because, for example, it re-assesses the 
probability of a lessee extension or termination option being exercised), it adjusts the carrying amount 
of the lease liability to reflect the payments to make over the revised term, which are discounted using 
a revised discount rate (being the interest rate implicit in the lease for the remainder of the lease term 
or, if that cannot be readily determined, the Group’s incremental borrowing rate at the re-assessment 
date). An equivalent adjustment is made to the carrying value of the right-of-use asset, with the revised 
carrying amount being amortised over the remaining (revised) lease term. 

The  carrying  value  of  lease  liabilities  is  also  revised  when  the  variable  element  of  future  lease 
payments  dependent  on  a  rate  or  index  is  revised  or  there  is  a  revision  to  the  estimate  of  amounts 
payable under a residual value guarantee. In both cases an unchanged discount rate is used. In both 
cases an equivalent adjustment is made to the carrying value of the right-of-use asset, with the revised 
carrying amount being amortised over the remaining (revised) lease term. 

Subsequent measurement - modifications 

When the group renegotiates the contractual terms of a lease with the lessor, the accounting depends 
on the nature of the modification: 

• 

• 

if  the  renegotiation  results  in  one  or  more  additional  assets  being  leased  for  an  amount 
commensurate with the standalone price for the additional rights-of-use obtained, the modification 
is accounted for as a separate lease in accordance with the above policy 

in  all  other  cases  where  the  renegotiated  increases  the  scope  of  the  lease  (whether  that  is  an 
extension  to  the  lease  term,  or  one  or  more  additional  assets  being  leased),  the  lease  liability  is 
remeasured using the discount rate applicable on the modification date, with the right-of-use asset 
being adjusted by the same amount. 

85 

 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 

1. 

STATEMENT OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued) 

(c) 

Adoption of new and amended accounting standards (continued) 

Subsequent measurement - modifications (continued) 

• 

if the renegotiation results in a decrease in the scope of the lease, both the carrying amount of the 
lease liability and right-of-use asset are reduced by the same proportion to reflect the partial of full 
termination  of  the  lease  with any difference  recognised in profit or  loss.  The  lease  liability  is  then 
further  adjusted  to  ensure  it’s  carrying  amount  reflects  the  amount  of  the  renegotiated  payments 
over the renegotiated term, with the modified lease payments discounted at the rate applicable on 
the modification date. The right-of use asset is adjusted by the same amount. 

For contracts that both convey a right to the Group to use an identified asset and require services to be 
provided to the group by the lessor, the Group has elected to account for the entire contract as a lease, 
i.e.  it  does  not  allocate  any  amount  of  the  contractual  payments  to,  nor  account  separately  for,  any 
services provided by the supplier as part of the contract. 

Payments  associated  with  short-term  leases  and  leases  of  low-value  assets  are  recognised  on  a 
straight-line basis as an expense in profit or loss. Short-term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 
months or less.  

Changes in Critical Estimates and Judgements 

Judgements: 

Leases - determining the lease term. 

The Group has in place a number of leases of property and equipment with terms that can be renewed 
or extended, or, where no formal extension or renewal option exist, there is a practice of renewing or 
extending the lease. 

In determining the lease term, management is required to determine 

•  Whether there is an actual or implied extension or renewal option. An implied extension or renewal 
option  will  exist  if  both  the  lessee  and  lessor  would  incur  a  more  than  insignificant  penalty  if  the 
lease were not extended or renewed; and 

•  Whether the Group is reasonably certain to exercise any actual or implied extension options, taking 

into account all facts and circumstances relating to the lease. 

Estimates: 

Leases - determining the incremental borrowing rate.  

Where  the  interest  rate  implicit  in  a  lease  is  not  known,  the  Group  is  required  to  determine  the 
incremental borrowing rate, being the rate of interest the Group would have to pay to borrow a similar 
amount,  over  a  similar  term,  with  similar  security  to  obtain  an  asset  of  similar  value  in  a  similar 
economic environment. 

As  this  information  may  not  be  readily  available,  the  Group  is  required  to  estimate  its  incremental 
borrowing rate using such information as is available and making adjustments to reflect the particular 
circumstances of each lease. 

86 

 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 

1.        STATEMENT OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued) 

(d) 

Revenue Recognition 

Sale of refined gold & silver 

Revenue is recognised when control of the goods has passed to the buyer based upon agreed delivery 
terms. The Company’s metal sales represent sales of refined gold and silver, when control passes to 
the customer which is when legal title to the refined metal transfers to the customer. The sales price is 
based on prevailing market metal prices.  

Judgement is required to determine when transfer of control occurs relating to the sale of the goods to 
customers. Management based its assessment on a number of indicators of control, which include, but 
are not limited to whether the Company has present right of payment, and whether the significant risks 
and rewards and legal title have transferred to the customer. 

(e) 

Income tax 

The  income  tax  expense/(credit)  for  the  year  comprises  current  income  tax  expense  (credit)  and 
deferred tax expense/(credit). 

Current  income  tax  expense  charged  to  the  profit  or  loss  is  the  tax  payable  on  taxable  income 
calculated  using  applicable  income  tax  rates  enacted,  or  substantively  enacted,  as  at  reporting  date.  
Current tax liabilities (assets) are therefore measured at the amounts expected to be paid to (recovered 
from) the relevant taxation authority. 

Deferred  income  tax  expense  reflects  movements  in  deferred  tax  asset  and  deferred  tax  liability 
balances during the year as well as unused tax losses. 

Current and deferred income tax expense/ (income) is charged or credited outside profit or loss when 
the tax relates to items that are recognised outside profit or loss. 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are ascertained based on temporary differences arising between the 
tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements. Deferred tax 
assets  also  result  where  amounts  have  been  fully  expensed  but  future  tax  deductions  are  available.  
No deferred income tax will be recognised from the initial recognition of an asset or liability, excluding a 
business combination, where there is no effect on accounting or taxable profit or loss. 

Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  calculated  at  the  tax  rates  that  are  expected  to  apply  to  the 
period when the asset is realised or the liability is settled, based on tax rates enacted or substantively 
enacted  at  the  reporting  date.    Their  measurement  also  reflects  the  manner  in  which  management 
expects to recover or settle the carrying amount of the related asset or liability. 

Deferred tax assets relating to temporary differences and unused tax losses are recognised only to the 
extent  that  it  is  probable  that  future  taxable  profit  will  be  available  against  which  the  benefits  of  the 
deferred tax asset can be utilised. 

Where temporary differences exist in relation to investments in subsidiaries, branches, associates, and 
joint ventures, deferred tax assets and liabilities are not recognised where the timing of the reversal of 
the  temporary  difference  can  be  controlled  and  it  is  not  probable  that  the  reversal  will  occur  in  the 
foreseeable future. 

Current  tax  assets  and liabilities are  offset  where  a  legally enforceable  right of set-off  exists  and it is 
intended  that  net  settlement  or  simultaneous  realisation  and  settlement  of  the  respective  asset  and 
liability will occur. 

Current  tax  assets  and liabilities are  offset  where  a  legally enforceable  right of set-off  exists  and it is 
intended  that  net  settlement  or  simultaneous  realisation  and  settlement  of  the  respective  asset  and 
liability will occur.   

Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  offset  where  a  legally  enforceable  right  of  set-off  exists,  the 
deferred tax assets and liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either 
the  same  taxable  entity  or  different  taxable  entities  where  it  is  intended  that  net  settlement  or 
simultaneous realisation and settlement of the respective asset and liability  will occur in future periods 
in which significant amounts of deferred tax assets or liabilities are expected to be recovered or settled. 

(f) 

Property, Plant and Equipment 

  Each  class  of  Property,  plant  and  equipment  is  carried  at  cost  less,  where  applicable,  any 

accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. 

  Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, 
as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item  will 
flow  to  the  Group  and  the  cost  of  the  item  can  be  measured  reliably.  All  other  repairs  and 
maintenance are charged to profit or loss during the financial period in which they are incurred.  

87 

 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 

1. 

STATEMENT OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued) 

(f) 

Property, Plant and Equipment (continued) 

Depreciation  

Plant and equipment (excluding the Co-O mine) is depreciated applying the straight-line method over 
their estimated useful lives, commencing from the time the asset is held ready for use.  

Co-O mine’s useful life is estimated to approximate the expected life of the mine, the depreciation rate 
is based on a charge proportional to the depletion of estimated recoverable gold ounces contained in 
indicated and inferred resources. 

Depreciation rates and methods are reviewed annually for appropriateness.  When changes are made, 
adjustments are reflected prospectively in current and future periods only. 

The depreciation rates used for each class of depreciable assets are: 

Class of fixed asset 

Depreciation method 

Depreciation rate (%) 

Plant and equipment (excluding Co-O mine) 

Office furniture and fittings 

Building 

Straight line 

Straight line 

Straight line 

20.0% to 33% 

7.5% to 20% 

5.0% to 20% 

An  asset’s  carrying  amount  is  written  down  immediately  to  its  recoverable  amount  if  the  asset’s 
carrying amount is greater than its estimated recoverable amount. 

Gains  and  losses  on  disposals  are  determined  by  comparing  proceeds  with  the  carrying  amount. 
These gains and losses are included in profit or loss. 

Capital  works  in  progress  is  included  in  Property,  Plant  and  Equipment.  Depreciation  of  the  asset  is 
applied when construction is completed and the asset is ready for use. 

(g) 

Right-of-use assets  

A  right-of-use  asset  is  recognised  at  the  commencement  date  of  a  lease.  The  right-of-use  asset  is 
measured at cost, which comprises the initial amount of the lease liability, adjusted for, as applicable, 
any lease payments made at or before the commencement date net of any lease incentives received, 
any initial  direct costs incurred,  and, except  where  included  in  the  cost  of  inventories,  an  estimate  of 
costs expected to be incurred for dismantling and removing the underlying asset, and restoring the site 
or asset. 

Right-of-use assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the unexpired period of the lease or 
the estimated useful life of the asset, whichever is the shorter. Where the Group expects to  

obtain ownership of the leased asset at the end of the lease term, the depreciation is over its estimated 
useful life. Right-of use assets are subject to impairment or adjusted for any remeasurement of lease 
liabilities. 

The Group has elected not to recognise a right-of-use asset and corresponding lease liability for short-
term leases with terms of 12 months or less and leases of low-value assets. Lease payments on these 
assets are expensed to profit or loss as incurred. 

(h) 

Impairment of non-financial assets 

At each reporting date, the Group reviews the carrying values of its tangible and intangible assets to 
determine whether there is any indication that those assets have been impaired. If such an indication 
exists, the recoverable amount of the asset, being the higher of the asset’s fair value less costs to sell 
and value in use i.e. discounted cash flows, is compared to the asset’s carrying value. Any excess of 
the asset’s carrying value over its recoverable amount is expensed in profit or loss. 

Impairment testing is performed annually for intangible assets with indefinite lives.  

Where it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of an individual asset, the Group estimates 
the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs. 

(i) 

  Operating leases  

Up to the 2019 financial year, leases of property, plant and equipment were classified as either finance 
leases  or  operating  leases.  From  1  July  2019,  leases  are  recognised  as  a  right-of-use  asset  and  a 
corresponding liability at the date at which the leased asset is available for use by the group. See Note 
1 (c) and 16 for details. 

(j) 

Trade and other payables 

Trade and other payables represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Company prior to the 
end of financial year which are unpaid and are carried at amortised cost. The amounts are unsecured and 
are usually paid within 30 days of recognition. The carrying amount of trade payables approximates their 
fair value. 

88 

 
 
  
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 

1. 

STATEMENT OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued) 

(k) 

Borrowings 

All  borrowings  are  initially  recognised  at  fair  value  less  transaction  costs.  Borrowings  are 
subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective interest rate. 

(l) 

Trade and other receivables   

Trade and other receivables are initially measured at the transaction price and subsequently measured 
at amortised cost less an allowance for uncollectable amounts. Uncollectable amounts are determined 
using  the  expected  loss  impairment  model.  Collectability  and  impairment  of  trade  receivables  is 
assessed on a regular basis.  

In  the  current  year,  the  expected  credit  loss  on  trade  receivables  is considered insignificant  as  trade 
receivables represents refined gold and silver awaiting settlement which is generally expected to settle 
within two days. 

(m)  Exploration and evaluation expenditure 

Exploration and Evaluation expenditure (“E&E”) incurred by or on behalf of the Group was accumulated 
separately  for  each  area  of  interest.    Such  expenditure  comprises  direct  costs  and  does  not  include 
general overheads or administrative expenditure not having a specific nexus with a particular area of 
interest. 

The  Company  expenses  all  costs  incurred  in  respect  of  the  acquisition  of  exploration  and  evaluation 
activities and ongoing exploration activities in the period in which they are incurred. When production 
commences, the accumulated development for the relevant area of interest will be amortised over the 
life of the area according to the rate of depletion of reserves. 

(n) 

Development expenditure 

Development  expenditure  represents  the  accumulated exploration,  evaluation,  land  and development 
expenditure incurred by or on behalf of the Group in relation to areas of interest in which mining of a 
mineral resource has commenced. 

When further development expenditure is incurred in respect of a mine property after commencement 
of production, such expenditure is carried forward as part of the mine property only when substantial 
future  economic  benefits  are  thereby  established,  otherwise  such  expenditure  is  classified  as  part  of 
the cost of production. All horizontal development drives which include permanent rail and associated 
infrastructure, are capitalised.  

Amortisation  of  costs  is  provided  on  the  unit-of-production  method  with  separate  calculations  being 
made for each mineral resource at an average rate of 26.38% (2019:22.47%). The unit-of-production 
basis  results  in  an  amortisation  charge  proportional  to  the  depletion  of  the  estimated  recoverable 
reserves.  In  some  circumstances,  where  conversion  of  resources  into  reserves  is  expected,  some 
elements of resources may be included.  Where the life of the assets is shorter than the mine life their 
costs are amortised based on the useful life of the assets. 

The estimated recoverable reserves and life of the mine and the remaining useful life of each class of 
asset is reassessed at least annually. Where there is a change in the reserves/resources amortisation 
rates are correspondingly adjusted. 

(o) 

Rehabilitation costs 

Rehabilitation  costs  that  are  expected  to  be  incurred  are  provided  for  as  part  of  the  cost  of  the 
exploration, evaluation, development, construction or production phases that give rise to the need for 
restoration.  Accordingly,  these  costs  are  recognised  gradually  over  the  life  of  the  facility  as  these 
phases  occur.  The  costs  include  obligations  relating  to  reclamation,  waste  site  closure,  plant  closure 
and other costs associated with the rehabilitation of the site.  

These  estimates  of  the  rehabilitation  obligation  are  based  on  anticipated  technology  and  legal 
requirements and future costs, which have been discounted to their present value. Any changes in the 
estimates are adjusted on a progressive basis. In determining the rehabilitation obligations, the entity 
has  assumed  no  significant  changes  will  occur  in  the  relevant  Federal,  State  or  foreign  legislation  in 
relation to rehabilitation of such minerals projects in the future. At the reporting date, the group does 
not consider it has any significant unsatisfied obligations in respect to rehabilitation costs. 

89 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 

1. 

STATEMENT OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued) 

(p) 

Employee benefits 

This provision is made for the Group liability for employee benefits arising from services rendered by 
employees to reporting date. Employee benefits expected to be settled within 12 months together with 
entitlements arising from wages, salaries and annual leave which will be settled after 12 months, have 
been measured at the amounts expected to be paid when the liability is settled plus related on-costs. 

Other  employee  benefits  payable  later  than  twelve  (12)  months  have  been  measured  at  the  present 
value of the estimated future cash outflows to be made for those benefits. Contributions are made by 
the Group to several employee superannuation funds and are charged as expenses when incurred. 

(q)  Goods and services tax 

Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of goods and services tax (“GST”), 
except  where  the  amount  of  GST  incurred  is  not  recoverable  from  the  relevant  taxing  authority.  In 
these circumstances, the GST is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of the asset or as part of 
an item of the expense. 

Receivables  and  payables  are  stated  with  the  amount  of  GST  included.  The  net  amount  of  GST 
recoverable from, or payable to, the taxing authorities is included as a current asset or liability in the 
Statement of Financial Position. Cash flows  are included in the Statement of Cash Flows on a gross 
basis.  

The  GST  components  of  cash  flows  arising  from  investing  and  financing  activities  which  are 
recoverable from, or payable to, the taxing authorities are classified as operating cash flows. 

(r) 

Operating Segments 

Operating  Segments  are  identified  on  the  basis  of  internal  management  reports  that  are  regularly 
reviewed by  the  entity’s  chief operating  decision maker, for the purposes of  allocating  resources and 
assessing performance. 

Segment  revenues  and  expenses  are  those  directly  attributable  to  the  segments.  Segment  assets 
consist  principally  of  cash,  receivables,  other  financial  assets,  property,  plant  and  equipment,  net  of 
allowances and accumulated depreciation and mineral properties. Segment liabilities consist principally 
of accounts payable and provisions. 

(s) 

Earnings per share 

Basic earnings per share ("EPS") is calculated by dividing the net profit or loss attributable to members 
of  the  Company  for  the  reporting  period,  after  excluding  any  costs  of  servicing  equity  (other  than 
ordinary  shares  and  converting  preference  shares  classified  as  ordinary  shares  for  EPS  calculation 
purposes),  by  the  weighted  average  number  of  ordinary  shares  of  the  Company,  adjusted  for  any 
bonus issue. 

Diluted  EPS  is  calculated  by  dividing  the  basic  EPS  earnings,  adjusted  by  the  after-tax  effect  of 
financing costs associated with potential ordinary shares and the effect on revenues and expenses of 
conversion  to  ordinary  shares  associated  with  potential  ordinary  shares,  by  the  weighted  average 
number of ordinary shares and potential ordinary shares adjusted for any bonus issue. 

(t) 

Foreign currency transactions and balances 

Functional and presentation currency 

The  functional  currency  of  each  of  the  Group’s  entities  is  the  currency  of  the  primary  economic 
environment  in  which  that  entity  operates.  Though  the  Group’s  main  functional  currencies  are  the 
Australian dollar, US dollar and Philippines Peso, the presentation currency for the Group is US dollar. 
The  reason  for  using  US  dollar  as  the  presentation  currency  is  that  the  US  dollar  is  the  primary 
currency used in the global gold market. 

Transaction and balances 

Foreign  currency  transactions  are  translated  into  functional  currency  using  the  exchange  rates 
prevailing at  the date  of  the  transaction.  Foreign  currency monetary  items  are  translated  at  the  year-
end  exchange  rate.  Non-monetary  items  measured  at  historical  cost  continue  to  be  carried  at  the 
exchange rate at the date of the transaction.  

Non-monetary  items  measured  at  fair  value  are  reported  at  the  exchange  rate  at  the  date  when  fair 
values were determined. 

Exchange  differences arising on  the  translation  of  monetary  items  are  recognised in  the profit  before 
income tax in the Statement of Profit or Loss and other Comprehensive Income. 

90 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 

1. 

STATEMENT OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued) 

(t) 

Foreign currency transactions and balances  (continued) 

Group companies 

The financial results and position of foreign operations whose functional currency is  different from the 
Group’s presentation currency are translated as follows: 

 -  assets and liabilities are translated at year-end exchange rates prevailing at that reporting date; 

 -    income  and  expenses  are  translated  at  average  exchange  rates  for  the  period  where  this 

approximates rate at the transaction date; and 

 -   retained earnings are translated at the exchange rates prevailing at the date of the transaction. 

Exchange  differences  arising  on 
in  other 
comprehensive income and accumulated in the foreign currency translation reserve in the Statement of 
Financial Position. These differences are reclassified from equity to profit or loss (as a reclassification 
adjustment) in the period in which the operation is disposed. 

foreign  operations  are  recognised 

translation  of 

The  functional  currency  of  the  parent  entity,  Medusa  Mining  Limited  is  Australian  dollar,  Komo  Diti 
Traders  Limited  is  United  States  dollar,  Mindanao  Mineral  Processing  and  Refining  Corporation  and 
Philsaga Mining Corporation in United States dollar and the remaining entities are Philippine pesos. 

(u) 

Cash and cash equivalents 

For the purpose of the Statement of Cash Flows, cash and cash equivalents include: 

-  cash on hand and at call deposits with bank or financial institutions, net of bank overdrafts; and 

- 

investments in money market instruments with less than 30 days to maturity.  

These  amounts  are  readily  convertible  to  known  amounts  of  cash  and  which  are  subject  to  an 
insignificant risk of changes in value.  

(v) 

Financial instruments  

Recognition, Initial Measurement and Derecognition 

Financial  assets  and  financial  liabilities  are  recognised  when  the  Group  becomes  a  party  to  the 
contractual  provisions  of  the  financial  instrument  and  are  measured  initially  at  fair  value  adjusted  by 
transactions  costs,  except  for  those  carried  at  fair  value  through  profit  or  loss,  which  are  measured 
initially at fair value.  Subsequent measurement of financial assets and financial liabilities are described 
below. 

Financial  assets  are  derecognised  when  the  contractual  rights  to  the  cash  flows  from  the  financial 
asset expire, or when the financial asset and all substantial risks and rewards are transferred.  

A financial liability is derecognised when it is extinguished, discharged, cancelled or expires.   

Classification and Subsequent Measurement of Financial Assets 

For  the  purpose  of  subsequent  measurement,  financial  assets  are  classified  into  the  following 
categories upon initial recognition:  

•  Loans and receivables 

•  Financial assets at Fair-Value-Through-Profit-or-Loss (‘FVTPL’) 

All  financial  assets  except  for  those  at  FVTPL  are  subject  to  review  for  impairment  at  least  at  each 
reporting  date  to  identify  whether  there  is  any  objective  evidence  that  a  financial  asset  or  a  group  of 
financial assets is impaired.  Different criteria to determine impairment are applied for each category of 
financial assets, which are described below.   

All income and expenses relating to financial assets that are recognised in profit or loss are presented 
within finance costs, finance income or other financial items, except for impairment of trade receivables 
which is presented within other expenses.   

Loans and Receivables 

Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are 
not quoted in an active market.  After initial recognition, these are measured at amortised cost using 
the effective interest method, less provision for impairment.  Discounting is omitted where the effect of 
discounting is immaterial.  The Group's cash and cash equivalents, trade and most other receivables 
fall into this category of financial instruments. 

Individually significant receivables are considered for impairment when they are past due or when other 
objective  evidence  is  received  that  a  specific  counterparty  will  default.    Receivables  that  are  not 
considered to be individually impaired are reviewed for impairment in groups, which are determined by 
reference to the industry and region of a counterparty and other shared credit risk characteristics.  The 
impairment  loss  estimate  is  then  based  on  recent  historical  counterparty  default  rates  for  each 
identified group. 

91 

 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 

1. 

STATEMENT OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued) 

(v) 

Financial instruments (continued) 

Classification and subsequent measurement of financial liabilities (continued) 

The Group’s financial liabilities include borrowings, trade and other payables. 

Financial  liabilities  are  measured  subsequently at  amortised  cost  using  the  effective interest  method, 
except for financial liabilities held for trading or designated at FVTPL, that are carried subsequently at 
fair value with gains or losses recognised in profit or loss.  All derivative financial instruments that are 
not designated and effective as hedging instruments are accounted for at FVTPL. 

(w) 

Lease Liabilities 

A  lease  liability  is  recognised  at  the  commencement  date  of  a  lease.  The  lease  liability  is  initially 
recognised  at  the  present  value  of  the  lease  payments  to  be  made  over  the  term  of  the  lease, 
discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease or, if that rate cannot be readily determined, the 
consolidated entity's incremental borrowing rate. Lease payments comprise of fixed payments less any 
lease  incentives  receivable,  variable  lease  payments  that  depend  on  an  index  or  a  rate,  amounts 
expected  to  be  paid  under  residual  value  guarantees,  exercise  price  of  a  purchase  option  when  the 
exercise  of  the  option  is  reasonably  certain  to  occur,  and  any  anticipated  termination  penalties.  The 
variable lease payments that do not depend on an index or a rate are expensed in the period in which 
they are incurred.  

Lease  liabilities  are  measured  at  amortised  cost  using  the  effective  interest  method.  The  carrying 
amounts  are  remeasured  if  there  is  a  change  in  the  following:  future  lease  payments  arising  from  a 
change in an index or a rate used; residual guarantee; lease term; certainty of a purchase option and 
termination  penalties.  When  a  lease  liability  is  remeasured,  an  adjustment  is  made  to  the 
corresponding right-of use asset, or to profit or loss if the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset is 
fully written down. 

(x) 

Inventories 

Inventories consisting of ore in stockpiles, metal-in process and finished metal are valued at the lower 
of cost and net realisable value. Cost represents the weighted average cost and includes direct costs 
and  an  appropriate  portion  of  fixed  and  variable  production  overhead  expenditure,  including 
depreciation  and  amortisation,  incurred  in  converting  materials  into  finished  goods.    Net  realisable 
value  is  the  estimated  selling  price  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business,  less  estimated  costs  of 
completion and estimated costs necessary to make the sale. 

Consumables are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Any allowance for obsolescence 
is determined by reference to stock items identified. 

(y) 

Share based payments 

The  fair  value  of  share-based  payment  transactions  measured  at  grant  date  are  recognised  as  an 
employee expense with a corresponding increase in equity over the period during which the employees 
become unconditionally entitled to the instruments. 

If the employee does not meet a non-market condition, such as a service condition or internal KPI, any 
cumulative previously recognised expense is reversed. 

The fair value of the share-based payment transactions granted are adjusted to reflect market vesting 
conditions at the time of grant date and not subsequently adjusted. Non-market vesting conditions are 
included in assumptions about the number of instruments that are expected to become exercisable and 
are updated at each balance sheet date. The impact of the revision to the original estimates for non- 

market  conditions,  if  any,  is  recognised  in  the  income  statement  with  a  corresponding  adjustment  to 
equity. Changes as a result of market conditions are not adjusted after the initial grant date. 

(z) 

Defined Benefit Fund 

In respect of defined benefit plans, the cost of providing the benefits is determined using the projected 
unit credit method. Actuarial valuations are conducted every two years, with valuations performed on 
an annual basis. Consideration is given to any event that could impact the funds up to the end of the 
reporting period where the interim valuation is performed at an earlier date. 

The  amount  recognised  in  the  Statement  of  Financial  Position  represents  the  present  value  of  the 
defined benefit obligations adjusted for any unrecognised actuarial gains and losses and unrecognised 
past  service  costs  less  the  fair  value  of  the  plan’s  assets.  Any  asset  recognised  is  limited  to 
unrecognised  actuarial  losses,  plus  the  present  value  of  available  refunds  and  reductions  in  future 
contributions to the plan. 

Actuarial  gains  and  losses  are  amortised  over  the  expected  average  remaining  working  lives  of  the 
participating  employees  in  the  plan.  Gains  or  losses  on  the  curtailment  or  settlement  of  a  defined 
benefit  plan  are  recognised  in  the  profit  or  loss  when  the  Group  demonstrates  commitment  to  the 
curtailment or settlement. 

92 

 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 

1. 

STATEMENT OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued) 

(z) 

Defined Benefit Fund (continued) 

Past  service  costs  are  recognised  when  incurred  to  the  extent  that  benefits  are  vested  and  are 
otherwise amortised on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. 

The Group has a funded non-contributory retirement plan for employees in the Philippines. The cost of 
providing  benefits  is  determined  using  the  Projected  Unit  Credit  Method  which  reflects  services 
rendered by employees to the date of valuation and incorporates assumptions concerning employees’ 
projected salaries. 

The  retirement  benefit  obligation  recognised  in  the  Statement  of  Financial  Position  represents  the 
present value of the defined benefit obligation as adjusted for unrecognised past service cost, and as 
reduced by the fair value of plan assets. 

The funding policy is to contribute an amount based on the actuarial valuation report which is carried 
out at regular intervals. 

(aa)  Critical accounting estimates and judgments 

The  Directors  evaluate  estimates  and  judgments  incorporated  into  the  financial  report  based  on 
historical  knowledge  and  best  available  current  information.  Estimates  assume  a  reasonable 
expectation  of  future  events  and  are  based  on  current  trends  and  economic  data,  obtained  both 
externally and within the Group. 

Key estimates - Impairment of non-financial assets 

The Group assesses impairment at each reporting date by evaluating conditions specific to the Group 
that  may  lead  to  impairment  of  non-financial  assets  (refer  note  1(h).  Where  an  impairment  trigger 
exists,  the  recoverable  amount  of  the  asset  is  determined.  Value-in-use  calculations  performed  in 
assessing  recoverable  amounts  incorporate  a  number  of  key  estimates.  Refer  to  details  of  key 
elements and carrying values of non-financial assets at note 12. 

Key estimates - E15 Service Shaft 

The  E15  Service  Shaft  officially  commenced  operations  on  27  November  2018.  Depreciation  of  this 
asset is based on the Life of Mine model which indicates a useful life of 5 years, commencing from 01 
January 2019. 

Key estimates - Recoverability of long-lived assets 

Certain assumptions are required to be made in order to assess the recoverability of capitalised  

development  expenditure.  Key  assumptions  include  the  future  price  of  gold,  future  cash  flows,  an 
estimated discount rate and estimates of ore reserves. In addition, cash flows are projected over the 
life  

of mine, which is based on proved and probable ore reserves. Estimates of ore reserves in themselves 
are dependent on various assumptions, in addition to those described above, including cut-off grades. 
Changes  in  these  estimates  could  materially  impact  on  ore  reserves  and  could  therefore  affect 
estimates of future cash flows used in the assessment of recoverable amount. 

The Group has used the Reserve Statement released on 6th April 2020, taking into account ore utilised 
throughout  the  period  and  replenished  to  estimate  the  recoverable  amount  of  long-lived  assets. 
Estimates  of  ore  reserves  in  themselves  are dependent  on various assumptions,  in  addition  to those 
described  above, including cut-off  grades.  Changes  in  these  estimates could  impact  on ore  reserves 
and  could  therefore  affect  estimates  of  future  cash  flows  used  in  the  assessment  of  recoverable 
amount. 

Key estimates - Determination of ore reserves and remaining mine life 

The Group estimates its ore reserves and mineral resources based on information compiled on 6th of 
April 2020 by Competent Persons (as defined in accordance with the Australian Code for Reporting of 
Exploration  Results,  Mineral  Resources  and  Ore  Reserves  as  revised  June  2012  code  (the  JORC 
code)).  Reserves  determined  in  this  way  are  taken  into  account  in  the  calculation  of  depreciation  of 
mining  plant  and  equipment  (refer  to  note  10),  amortisation  of  capitalised  development  expenditure 
(refer to note 11), and impairment relating to these assets (refer to note 12). 

In  estimating  the  remaining  life  of  the  mine  for  the  purpose  of  amortisation  and  depreciation 
calculations,  due  regard  is  given,  not  only  to  the  amount  of  remaining  recoverable  gold  ounces 
contained  in  proved  and  probable  ore  reserves,  but  also  to  limitations  which  could  arise  from  the 
potential for changes in technology, demand, and other issues which are inherently difficult to estimate 
over a lengthy time frame. 

93 

 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 

1.         STATEMENT OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued) 

 (aa)    Critical accounting estimates and judgments (continued) 

Key estimates - Determination of ore reserves and remaining mine life (continued) 

Where a change in estimated recoverable gold ounces contained in proved and probable ore reserves 
is made, depreciation and amortisation is accounted for prospectively, 

The determination of ore reserves and remaining mine life affects the carrying value of a number of the 
consolidated  entity’s  assets  and  liabilities  including  deferred  mining  costs  and  the  provision  for 
rehabilitation. 

Key estimates - (Covid-19) pandemic 

Judgement  has  been  exercised  in  considering  the  impacts  of  that  the  Coronavirus  (Covid-19) 
pandemic  has  had,  or  may  have,  on  the  Group  based  on  known  information.  This  consideration 
includes  the  annual  assessment  of  impairment  of  assets  and  the  continued  assumption  of  the  going 
concern  basis  for  the  preparation  of  the  financial  statements.  Based  on  information  available  at  the 
time of signing this financial report, there is no known significant impact on the financial statements or 
any  significant  uncertainties  with  respect  to  events  or  conditions  which  may  impact  the  Group 
unfavourably as at the reporting date or subsequently as a result of the Covid-19 pandemic. 

Key estimates - Development expenditure 

Development  activities  commence  after  project  sanctioning  by  the  appropriate  level  of  management. 
Judgement  is  applied  by  management  in  determining  when  a  project  is  economically  viable.  In 
exercising this judgment, management is required to make certain estimates and assumptions similar 
to  those  described  above  for  capitalised  exploration  and  evaluation  expenditure.  Any  such  estimates 
and assumptions may change as new information becomes available. If, after having commenced the 
development  activity,  a  judgement  is  made  that  a  development  asset  is  impaired,  the  impairment 
change is included in profit or loss. 

Key estimates - Share based payments 

The consolidated entity measures the cost of equity-settled transactions with employees by reference 
to  the  fair  value  of  the  equity  instruments  at  the  date  at  which  they  are  granted.  The  fair  value  is 
determined by using the Black-Scholes model or a Montel Carlo Simulation model taking into account 
the  terms  and  conditions  upon  which  the  instruments  were  granted.  The  accounting  estimates  and 
assumptions  relating  to  equity-settled  share-based  payments  would  have  no  impact  on  the  carrying 
amounts of assets and liabilities within the next annual reporting period but may impact profit or loss 
and equity. (Refer to note 21). 

Key estimates - GST/VAT 

The  Group  has  net  GST/VAT  of  $28  million  that  comprises  tax  credit  certificates  (“TCC”)  and  VAT 
claimable for cash and offsets. The current asset portion of VAT $9 million comprises amounts that are 
estimated  to  be  utilised  within  the  current  period.  The  non-current  amount  of  VAT  receivable  of  $19 
million represents the estimated amount utilised in future periods against tax liabilities. 

Management  judgment  has  been  used  to  determine  a  provision  for  Philippine  VAT  Receivables  not 
recoverable in future and is based on historical and estimated amounts in future. 

In FY20 an amount of approximately $9.5m relating to VAT Receivables (refer Note 9) reported in a  

Philippine controlled entity  has  been  de-recognised  as  an asset  as the  timing  of  utilising  this  amount 
could not be determined at balance date. Under existing Philippine tax law, this amount continues to be 
available to offset future VAT liabilities indefinitely, dependent on future VAT transactions. 

Key estimates - Deferred tax asset 

Significant  judgement  is  required  in  determining  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities.  There  are  many 
transactions  and  calculations  during  the  ordinary  course  of  business  for  which  the  ultimate  tax 
determination is uncertain. 

In  addition,  deferred  tax  assets  are  recognised  for  deductible  temporary  differences  and  unused  tax 
losses only if it is probable that future forecast taxable profits are available to utilise those temporary 
differences and losses,  and  the  tax  losses continue  to  be available  having  regard  to  the  relevant tax 
legislation associated with their recoupment. 

The Group has recognised a deferred tax asset of US$23 million at 30 June 2020. The utilisation of this  

deferred tax asset amount depends upon future taxable amounts in excess of profits arising from the 
reversal of temporary differences. The Group believes this amount to be recoverable based on taxable 
income projections. 

94 

 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 

1.        STATEMENT OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued) 

 (aa)    Critical accounting estimates and judgments (continued) 

Key estimates - Rehabilitation Provision 

The determination of the provision requires significant judgement in terms of the best estimate of the 
future costs of performing the work required, the timing of the cash flows and the appropriate discount 
rate.  

In relation to estimating the costs of performing the work required, significant judgement and estimates 
are  required  in  relation  to  estimating  the  extent  of  rehabilitation  activities,  including  area  to  be 
rehabilitated, technological changes, regulatory changes, timing of cash flows and appropriate discount 
rates.   

When  these estimates change  or  become  known  in  the  future,  such  differences  will  impact  the  mine 
rehabilitation provision on the period in which they change or become known.  

A change in any, or a combination of, the key estimates used to determine the provision could have a 
material impact on the carrying value of the provision. 

Key estimates - Inventories 

Inventories require certain estimates and assumptions most notably in regard to grades, volumes and 
densities.  

Stockpiles are measured by estimating the number of tonnes added and removed from the stockpile, 
the  number  of  contained  ounces  based  on  assay  data,  and  the  estimated  recovery  percentage.  
Stockpile tonnages are verified to periodic surveys. 

Net reliable value tests are performed at each reporting date and represent the estimated future sales 
price of gold, less cost of completion (processing costs) and the estimated cost necessary to perform 
the sale. 

Key estimates - Retirement Benefit Obligation 

The  Retirement  Benefit  in  Non-Current  Liabilities  relates  to  the  Philippine  employees’  defined benefit 
plan. Refer Note 15. 

(ab)   Rounding of amounts      

The Group is of a kind referred to in ASIC Legislative Instrument 2016/191 and accordingly, amounts in 
the  Financial  Report  and  Directors’  Report  have  been  rounded  to  the  nearest  $1,000  or  in  certain 
cases, to the nearest dollar to reflect where rounding in ‘000 is not permitted. 

95 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 

2. 

REVENUE AND OTHER INCOME 

Operating activities: 

Gold and silver sales 

Non-operating activities: 

Interest income 

Foreign exchange 

Total revenue and other income 

3. 

EXPENSES 

Profit/(loss) before income tax expense/(income) has been 
determined after charging/(crediting) the following items: 

Depreciation & amortisation: 

-  Depreciation expense  

-  Amortisation expense  

-  Mine rehabilitation and right of use assets amortisation 

Total depreciation & amortisation 

Employee benefits expense 

Interest expense & unwinding of discount on provisions (i) 

Other expenses: 

VAT impairment/write off (ii) 

Defined benefit plans 

Assets impaired 

Share-based payment expense 

Bad debts write off 

Total other expenses 

Notes: 

Consolidated 

Note 

2020 
US$000 

2019 
US$000 

147,829 

129,320 

130 

79 

164 

118 

148,038 

129,602 

7,186 

13,624 

839 

21,649 

18,015 

1,209 

3,955 

14,370 

443 

18,768 

15,570 

830 

11,546 

10,357 

574 

1 

158 

159 

489 

86 

132 

42 

12,438 

11,106 

(i)  Disclosure for rehabilitation and lease expense; and  

(ii) 

Included in the FY20 balance of US$11.5 million is an amount of approximately $9.5 million relating 
to  VAT  Receivables  (refer  Note  9)  reported  in  a  Philippine  controlled  entity  which  has  been  de-
recognised as an asset as the timing of utilising this amount could not be determined at balance date.  

Under existing Philippine tax law, this amount continues to be available to offset future VAT liabilities 
indefinitely, dependent on future VAT transactions. 

The remaining balance mainly comprises a provision for impairment. 

96 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                                                                                                                            
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 

4. 

TAXATION  

(a)   The components of tax expense comprise: 

Current tax 

Deferred tax 

Prior year adjustment  

Consolidated 

2020 

US$000 

2019 

US$000 

7,999 

(4,627) 

(16) 

3,356 

3,550 

(8,535) 

(101) 

(5,086) 

(b)   The prima facie tax on profit before income  tax is reconciled to the 

income tax as follows: 

Operating (loss)/profit before income tax 

38,741 

31,403 

Prima facie income tax expense/(credit) at 30% (2019: 30%) on 
operating profit  

11,622 

9,421 

less - tax effect of: 

difference of effective foreign income tax rates 

Interest income 

amortisation and depreciation adjustment 

VAT write off 

share based payments expense 

bad debts 

foreign exchange 

charitable contribution 

representation, professional fees and insurance 

other 

deferred tax assets not brought to account 

Income tax expense/(benefit) 

(100) 

360 

(4,530) 

(3,334) 

48 

- 

145 

- 

- 

(360) 

(495) 

3,356 

(41) 

248 

(5,861) 

(3,107) 

40 

13 

(51) 

112 

150 

(5,992) 

(18) 

(5,086) 

Deferred tax assets not brought to account, the benefits of which will only be realised if the conditions for 
deductibility set out in Note 1(e) occur: 

 -   Temporary differences 

 -   Australian tax losses 

Total 

17,306 

2,747 

20,053 

17,447 

4,701 

22,148 

The benefit of tax losses will only be obtained if: 

(i) 

the  Group  derives  future  assessable  income  of  a  nature  &  of  an  amount  sufficient  to  enable  the 
benefit to be realised; 

(ii) 

the Group continues to comply with the conditions for deductibility imposed by the law; and  

(iii)  no changes in tax legislation adversely affect the Group in realising the benefit. 

5.  EARNINGS/(LOSS) PER SHARE 

Profit/(Loss) used to calculate basic and diluted EPS 

35,385 

36,489 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in the calculation of 
the basic earnings per share. 

207,794,301 

207,794,301 

Weighted average unlisted options & performance rights outstanding 

1,955,201 

4,030,983 

Weighted average of ordinary shares diluted as at 30 June 2020 

209,749,502 

211,825,284 

1,955,201 weighted average unlisted options & performance rights outstanding for 2020 have been included 
in calculating the diluted EPS because the effect is anti-dilutive. 

97 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 

6. 

TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES - CURRENT 

GST/VAT receivables 

Other receivables 

Total current receivables 

7. 

INVENTORIES 

Consumables - net realisable value 

Ore stockpile - at cost 

Gold Inventory - at cost 

Total inventories 

8.  OTHER CURRENT ASSETS 

Prepayments 

Consolidated 

2020 
Note                                                     
US$000 

2019 
US$000 

1(aa) 

8,525 

1,157 

9,682 

6,924 

2,735 

5,820 

3,773 

1,415 

5,188 

4,914 

2,665 

5,160 

15,479 

12,739 

732 

789 

9. 

TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES - NON-CURRENT 

GST/VAT receivables 

Total non-current receivables 

1(aa) 

19,307 

19,307 

28,506 

28,506 

In  FY2020  an  amount  of  approximately  $9.5  million  relating  to  VAT  Receivables 
reported  in  a  Philippine  controlled  entity  has  been  de-recognised  as  an  asset  as 
the timing of utilising this amount could not be determined at balance date. Under 
existing  Philippine  tax  law,  this  amount  continues  to  be  available  to  offset  future 
VAT  liabilities  indefinitely,  dependent  on  future  VAT  transactions.  Refer  to  note  3 
for further details. 

10.  PROPERTY, PLANT & EQUIPMENT 

Plant & equipment: 

At cost 

less - provision for impairment 

less - accumulated depreciation 

Total plant & equipment at net book value 

Capital works in progress: 

At cost 

less - provision for impairment 

Total capital works in progress at net book value 

Furniture & fittings: 

At cost 

less - provision for impairment 

less - accumulated depreciation 

Total furniture & fittings at net book value 

Total carrying amount at end of year 

98 

200,318 

195,854 

(132,064) 

(132,064) 

(58,068) 

(50,941) 

10,186 

12,849 

4,815 

- 

4,815 

1,189 

(254) 

(866) 

69 

2,812 

- 

2,812 

1,143 

(254) 

(807) 

82 

15,070 

15,743 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 

                               Consolidated 

Note       Note                                              

2020 
US$000 

2019 
US$000 

10.   PROPERTY, PLANT & EQUIPMENT (continued) 

Reconciliations: 

Plant & equipment: 

Carrying amount at beginning of year 

plus - additions 

plus - net transfer from capital works in progress 

less - forex differences on translation 

less - disposal 

less - impairment 

less - depreciation 

Carrying amount at end of year 

Capital works in progress: 

Carrying amount at beginning of year 

plus - additions 

less - net transfer to plant and equipment 

less - impairment 

Carrying amount at end of year 

Furniture & fittings: 

Carrying amount at beginning of year 

plus - additions 

plus - forex differences on translation 

less - depreciation 

Carrying amount at end of year 

Total carrying amount at end of year 

11.  DEVELOPMENT EXPENDITURE  

Co-O Development expenditure: 

At cost 

less - provisions for impairment 

less - accumulated amortisation 

Net Co-O development expenditure 

Royal Crowne Vein Development expenditure: 

At cost 

Net Royal Crowne Vein development expenditure 

Total carrying amount at end of year 

99 

12 

12 

12,849 

4,371 

- 

94 

(1) 

- 

(7,127) 

10,186 

2,812 

2,003 

- 

- 

4,815 

82 

46 

- 

(59) 

69 

1,421 

4,681 

10,819 

(171) 

(6) 

- 

(3,895) 

12,849 

11,449 

2,182 

(10,819) 

- 

2,812 

87 

51 

4 

(60) 

82 

15,070 

15,743 

439,143 

(246,260) 

(129,882) 

412,103 

(246,260) 

(116,456) 

63,001 

49,387 

1,489 

1,489 

806 

806 

64,490 

50,193 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 

Consolidated 

2020 

2019 

  Note                                              

          US$000 

          US$000 

11.   DEVELOPMENT EXPENDITURE (continued) 

Reconciliations: 

Co-O Development expenditure: 

Carrying amount at beginning of year 

plus - costs incurred 

less - amortisation expense 

less - impairment 

less - forex differences upon translation 

Carrying amount at end of year 

Royal Crowne Vein Development expenditure: 

Carrying amount at beginning of year 

plus - costs incurred 

Carrying amount at end of year 

Total carrying amount at end of year 

12.   IMPAIRMENT OF NON-CURRENT ASSETS 

12 

49,387 

27,040 

29,878 

33,692 

(13,426) 

(14,189) 

- 

- 

- 

6 

63,001 

49,387 

806 

683 

1,489 

64,490 

- 

806 

806 

50,193 

In  accordance  with  the  Group’s  accounting  policies  and  processes,  the  Group  performs  its  impairment 
assessment  annually  at  30  June.  Non-financial  assets  are  reviewed  at  each  reporting  period  to  determine 
whether there is an indication of impairment.  

When indicators of impairment exist, a formal estimate of the recoverable amount is made. External and internal 
indicators of impairment as at 30 June 2020 included; 

•  market value of the Company is lower than net assets of the Group; 

• 

increased expected future costs of production; and 

•  under-utilisation of the processing plant.  

Due  to the indicators  above,  the  Group  assessed  the  recoverable  amounts of  its major  Cash-Generating-Unit 
(“CGU”), relating to the Co-O mining operations.   

a)  Impairment testing 

i)  Methodology 

Impairment is  recognised  when  the  carrying amount exceeds  the  recoverable amount.  The  recoverable 
amount being the value in use of the CGU has been estimated using the discounted cashflows method 
based on the Group’s recoverable minerals.  

Value  in  use  is  estimated  based  on  discounted  cash  flows  using  market-based  commodity  price, 
estimated quantities of recoverable minerals, production levels, operating costs and capital requirements. 
When  Life  of  Mine  (“LOM”)  plans  fully  utilise  the  existing  mineral  resource  and  the  Group  have 
demonstrated  an  ability  to  replenish  resources,  an  estimated  replenishment  rate  has  been  applied  to 
unmined resources. 

Estimates  of  quantities  of  recoverable  minerals,  production  levels,  operating  costs  and  capital 
requirements  are  sourced  from  the  Group  planning  and  budgeting  process,  mill  capacity  levels  and 
mining plans for the following year. The 2021 budget and mine plan were developed in the context of the 
current gold price environment. 

Significant judgements and assumptions are made by the Group to determine value in use. This includes 
assessing  variable  key  assumptions  such  as  gold  market  prices,  cost  structures,  production  utilisation 
and capacity, available minerals and discount rates. Any change in these variable assumptions can cause 
adverse changes in one or more of the assumptions used to estimate value in use.  

100 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 

12.   IMPAIRMENT OF NON-CURRENT ASSETS (continued) 

a)   Impairment testing (continued) 

 ii)    Key Assumptions 

The  table  below  summarises  the  key  assumptions  used  in  the  30  June  2020  carrying  value 
assessments. Comparison to the prior period has been provided. 

Assumptions 

Average gold price 

Average AISC 

Pre-Tax discount rate (%) 

Probable reserves 

Production capacity per annum 

Unit 

US$/ounce 

US$/ounce 

% 

ounces 

ounces 

2020 
(2021 - 2024) 

2019 
(2020 - 2024) 

1,643 

1,203 

14.0 

1,347 

1,049 

17.3 

332,000 

350,000 

77,000 - 98,000 

98,000 - 105,000 

The  average  All-In-Sustaining-Costs  (“AISC”)  comprises  all  operating,  capital  and  overheads 
expenditure averaged over the period mentioned. 

Estimated  potential  future  impacts  of  Covid-19  have  been  considered  within  forecast  financial 
information and the key assumptions table above. 

Commodity prices  

Commodity  prices  are  estimated  with  reference  to  external  market  forecasts  and  reviewed  at  least 
annually. The price applied has taken into account observable market data. 

Discount rate 

The  future  cash  flows of the CGU  are  discounted by  the  estimated  real  after  tax  weighted  average 
cost  of  capital  (“WACC”),  pursuant  to  the  Capital  Asset  Pricing  Model.  The  nominal  pre-tax  WACC 
has  been  derived  from  comparable company  analysis,  in  addition  to  the  WACC  rate  of  the  group’s 
Co-O mining operations being the primary CGU. 

Production activity and operating and capital costs 

Life of mine production activity and operating and capital cost assumptions are based on the Group’s 
latest annual budget and the LOM plan. Discounted cash flows include expected cost improvements 
and  sustaining  capital  requirements.  Estimated  production  is  assumed  consistent  with  the  capacity 
constraint of the Co-O mill taken into account while assuming a constant recovery rate.  

Resources and reserves 

Resource and Reserve ounces were based on the Group’s JORC 2012 compliant Annual Resource 
and Reserve Update Statement announced to the Australian Securities Exchange on 6th April 2020. 

 iii)   Impacts 

Due to the recoverable amount of the Group’s Co-O mining operations CGU being greater than the 
estimated carrying amount, no impairment charge was required for the year ending 2020 (2019: nil).   

Description 

Note 

Carrying amt 
($’000) 

Impairment 
 ($’000) 

Balance  
($’000) 

Carrying amt 
($’000) 

Impairment 
 ($’000) 

Balance  
($’000) 

2020 

2019 

Development 

Plant & equipment 

Inventories  

Total 

11 

10 

7 

63,001 

15,070 

15,479 

93,550 

- 

- 

- 

- 

63,001 

15,070 

15,479 

49,387 

15,743 

12,739 

93,550 

77,869 

- 

- 

- 

- 

49,387 

15,743 

12,739 

77,869 

101 

 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 

12.    IMPAIRMENT OF NON-CURRENT ASSETS (continued) 

 b)  Sensitivity Analysis 

Variation  movements  in  any  key  assumptions  may  result  in  a  change  to  the  estimated  recoverable 
amount which may indicate an additional impairment to non-current assets. 
The  changes  to  estimated  key  assumptions  would  have  the  following  approximate  impact  on  the 
recoverable  amount  of  the  CGU.  The  impact  was  concluded  as  not  material  and  accordingly  no 
impairment was required at 30 June 2020. 

Assumption changes  

2020 

2019 

Effect on recoverable amount 
($’000) 

Effect on recoverable amount 
($’000) 

US $100 per ounce increase/decrease in gold price 

1% increase/decrease in the discount rate 

5% increase in operating costs  

+/- 29,113 

+/- 2,583 

-21,366 

+/- 30,306 

+/- 2,226 

-18,596 

In addition to the above, the level of production activity is also a key assumption in the determination of 
recoverable amount. Should the Group recognise decreases/increases in processing capacity, changes 
in recoverable amount estimates may arise. Due to the number of factors that could impact production 
activity,  assessment  to  sensitivity  has  not  been  determined  for  these  factors.  The  sensitivities  above 
assume  specific  assumption  moves  are  in  isolation,  whilst  all  other  assumptions  are  held  constant.  In 
reality,  a  change  in  one  of  the  aforementioned  assumptions  may  accompany  a  change  in  another 
assumption. 

13.  TRADE & OTHER PAYABLES 

Trade creditors 

Accruals 

Income tax payable 

Withholding tax 

Other creditors 

Total creditors 

14.  BORROWINGS 

Current borrowings: 

Secured liability - interest bearing loan 

Unsecured liability - interest bearing loan 

Total current borrowings 

Non-current borrowings: 

Unsecured liability - interest bearing loan 

Total non-current borrowings 

Total Borrowings 

Secured Borrowing are bank loans secured by transportation equipment of the Group. 
Interest rates on the loans range between 5.84% to 7.89% (2019: 3.50% to 4%). 

15. 

 PROVISIONS 

Current provisions: 

Employee benefits 

Total current provisions 

Non-current provisions: 

Retirement benefit 

Mine rehabilitation 

Total non-current provisions 

102 

Consolidated 

2020 

US$000 

2019 
US$000 

8,509 

2,683 

4,168 

497 

154 

8,879 

3,195 

1,515 

618 

172 

16,011 

14,379 

142 

5,315 

5,457 

296 

296 

156 

6,523 

6,679 

150 

150 

5,753 

6,829 

466 

466 

3,904 

3,686 

7,590 

401 

401 

2,459 

3,479 

5,938 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 

15.      PROVISIONS (continued) 

Non-current provisions: (continued) 

Retirement Benefit 

The Retirement benefit in non-current liabilities relates to the Philippine employees defined benefit plan. 

The most recent actuarial valuations of plan assets and the present value of the defined benefit obligation were 
carried out at 30 June 2019 by Actuarial Advisers, Inc. The present value of the defined benefit obligation and 
the related current service cost and past service cost was measured using the Projected Unit Credit Method. 

The principal assumptions used for the purposes of the actuarial valuations were as follows: 

•  Discount rate applied - 3.54% (2019: 5.92%); 

•  Expected rate of salary increase - 3.00% (2019: 3.00%) 

Assumptions were developed by management with the assistance of independent actuarial appraisers. Discount 
factors are determined close to year-end by reference to high quality Government bonds that are denominated 
in the currency in which the benefits will be paid and that have terms to maturity approximating to the terms of 
the related pension obligation. Other assumptions are based on management’s historical experience.      

Amounts recognised in profit or loss in respect of these defined benefit plans are 
as follows: 

Current service cost 

Interest on obligation 

Total  

The  amount  included  in  the  statements  of  financial  position  arising  from  the 
entity’s obligation in respect of its defined benefit plans is as follows: 

Present value of defined benefit obligation 

Total  

Movements  in  the  present  value  of  the  defined  benefit  obligation  in  the  current 
period were as follows: 

Opening balance 

Current service cost 

Interest costs 

Benefits / Contributions paid 

Actuarial gain/(loss) 

Closing balance 

Consolidated 

2020 
US$000 

2019 
US$000 

441 

133 

574 

376 

114 

490 

3,904 

3,904 

2,459 

2,459 

2,459 

2,515 

441 

133 

(941) 

1,812 

3,904 

376 

114 

(103) 

(443) 

2,459 

The  Company  has  no  plan  assets  held  by  trustees  but  an  employee  retirement  fund  amounting  to 
US$1,439,587  (2019:  US$1,358,361)  was  held  as  at  June  30,  2020.  The  employee  retirement  fund  is 
presented as part of cash at bank (refer to Note 24 (c). 

Mine rehabilitation 

Carrying amount at beginning of the year 

(less)/plus - in provision 

Carrying amount at end of year 

3,479 

207 

3,686 

1,645 

1,834 

3,479 

103 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 

16. 

LEASES 

   Nature of leasing activities 

The Group leases certain items of plant and equipment, whereby these leases comprise a mixture of fixed 
and variable payments. 

The Group also leases a property and the lease contracts provide for payments to increase each year by a 
fixed percentage. 

Right-of-use assets 

1 July 2019 

Additions 

Amortisation 

At 30 June 2020 

Consolidated 

Land and 
buildings 
US$000 

Plant and 
equipment 
US$000 

Total 

US$000 

359 

- 

(73) 

286 

2,011 

2,370 

- 

(398) 

1,613 

- 

(471) 

1,899 

Up to the previous financial year, leases of property, plant and equipment were classified as either finance 
leases or operating leases, see note 1 (c) for details. From 1 July 2019, leases are recognised as a right-
of-use asset and a corresponding liability at the date at which the leased asset is available for use by the 
Group. 

Right-of-use-assets are included in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. 

Lease Liabilities 

1 July 2019 

Current 

Non-Current 

At 30 June 2020 

Consolidated 

2020 
US$000 

2019 
US$000 

532 

1,432 

1,964 

- 

- 

- 

The Group accounts for short term leases and low value items on a straight-line basis over the lease term. 

The following amounts have been included as an expense in the Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss 
and Other Comprehensive Income during the period: 

Interest expense (included in Interest expense) 

Expenses relating to short term leases (included in Other expenses) 

Expenses relating to low value assets that are not short-term leases (included in Other expenses) 

At 30 June 2020 

The Group’s total cash outflow for leases in the year ended 30 June 2020 was $531,912. 

2020 
US$000 

126 

- 

- 

126 

104 

 
 
 
 
 
 
         
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 

17.  DEFERRED TAX  

Consolidated Group 

30 June 2020 

Deferred tax liability 

Other 

Total deferred tax liability 

Deferred tax assets 

Carried forward tax losses 

Other 

Total deferred tax asset 

30 June 2019 

Deferred tax liability 

Capitalised exploration & evaluation expenditures 

Other 

Total deferred tax liability 

Deferred tax assets 

Carried forward tax losses 

Other 

Total deferred tax asset 

Consolidated 

Opening 
balance 

US$000 

Forex on 
translation 
US$000 

Credit/(charged) 
to income 
US$000 

Closing 
balance 
US$000 

778 

778 

(521) 

(521) 

- 

- 

1,826 

16,601 

18,427 

232 

- 

232 

- 

341 

341 

- 

118 

118 

- 

10,059 

10,059 

- 

(595) 

(595) 

(816) 

5,128 

4,312 

(232) 

660 

428 

1,826 

7,137 

8,963 

257 

257 

1,010 

22,070 

23,080 

- 

778 

778 

1,826 

16,601 

18,427 

Consolidated 

2020 

US$000 

2019 
US$000 

18. 

 AUDITORS’ REMUNERATION 

Remuneration  received  or  due  and  receivable  by  the  Company’s 
auditors, BDO Audit (WA) Pty Limited for: 

•  auditing or reviewing the financial reports 

140,843 

130,990 

•  other services provided by related entities of auditor:  

     Taxation 

     Remuneration consulting 

     IFRS Advisory 

Total remuneration of the Company’s auditors 

Remuneration of other auditors of the Company’s Philippines and Hong Kong 
subsidiaries for: 

•  auditing or reviewing the financial reports 

•  other services provided by related practice of auditor - taxation & compliance 

Total remuneration of other auditors of the Company’s Philippines subsidiaries 

29,363 

3,129 

10,950 

39,745 

5,429 

2,874 

184,285 

179,038 

80,065 

3,400 

83,465 

73,372 

3,883 

77,255 

105 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 

19.      ISSUED CAPITAL 

207,794,301 ordinary shares (30 June 2019: 207,794,301) 

Total issued capital 

Ordinary shares 

Balance at beginning of year 

Ordinary shares issued during the year: 

           ordinary shares issued - new issues 

Balance at end of year 

Ordinary shares 

Consolidated 

2020 
US$000 

2019 
US$000 

102,902 

102,902 

102,902 

102,902 

102,902 

102,902 

- 

- 

102,902 

102,902 

Ordinary  shares  entitle  the  holder  to  participate  in  dividends  and  the  proceeds  on  the  winding  up  of  the 
company  in  proportion  to  the  number  of  and  amounts  paid  on  the  shares  held.  The  fully  paid  ordinary 
shares have no par value. 

On a show of hands every  member present at a meeting in person or by proxy shall have one vote and 
upon a poll each share shall have one vote. 

No ordinary shares were issued during the year or during the prior year. 

Capital Management 

Management  controls  the  capital  of  the  Group  by  monitoring  performance  against  budget  to  provide  the 
shareholders with adequate returns and ensure that the Group can fund its operations and continue as a 
going concern.  

The Group's liabilities and capital includes ordinary share capital, options/performance rights and financial 
liabilities, supported by financial assets.  

Management  effectively  manages  the  Group’s  capital  by  assessing  the  Group’s  financial  risks  and 
adjusting its capital structure in response to changes in these risks and in the market.  These responses 
include the management of debt levels, distributions to shareholders and share issues.  

Capital for the reporting period under review is summarised as follows: 

Total equity 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Total 

Total equity 

Borrowings 

Overall financing 

Capital-to-overall financing ratio 

158,421 

123,742 

(38,852) 

(18,109) 

119,569 

105,633 

158,421 

123,742 

5,753 

6,829 

164,174 

130,571 

73% 

81% 

106 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 

20. 

RESERVES      

Share based payment reserves 

Other reserves 

Foreign currency translation reserve 

Total Reserves 

(a)    Share based payment reserve 

Consolidated 

2020 
US$000 

2019 
US$000 

444 

 (959) 

6,672 

6,157 

202 

310 

6,267 

6,779 

The  share  based  payment  reserve  records  items  recognised  as  expenses  on  valuation  of  share 
based payments. 

Options: 

Unlisted options over ordinary shares at 30 June 2020 

•  3,200,000  options  expiring  16  December  2018  and  exercisable  at  A$1.00  each.    During  the 
years  2016,  2017,  2018  and  2019,  459,500,  225,500,  nil  and  2,515,000  options  respectively 
were forfeited resulting in nil options remaining at reporting date. Refer to note 21 (i).  

All options had expired at reporting date (2019: Nil). 

•  1,000,000 options expiring 9 February 2019 and exercisable at A$1.00 each. During the years 
2016,  2017,  2018  and  2019,  nil,  350,000,  nil  and  650,000  options  respectively  were  forfeited 
resulting in nil options remaining at reporting date. Refer to note 21 (ii).  

All options had expired at reporting date (2019: Nil). 

•  1,200,000  options  expiring  24  November  2020  and  are  exercisable  at  various  prices  as 

disclosed in note 21 (iii).  

840,000 options were forfeited at 30 June 2019 and 360,000 options vested at 30 June 2020 - 
nil for 30 June 2020 (2019: 360,000). 

•  1,665,000 options expiring 8 Jan 2022 and are exercisable at various prices as disclosed in note 

21 (iv). 

999,000 options were vested at reporting date (2019: 499,500) 

The  above  unlisted  options  do  not  entitle  the  holders  to  participate  in  any  share  issue  of  the 
Company. 

Performance Rights: 

Under the Performance Rights plan for long term incentives, which was approved by shareholders 
on January 2015, eligible employees are granted performance rights  (each being an entitlement to 
an ordinary fully paid share), subject to the satisfaction of vesting conditions and on the terms and 
conditions as determined by the Board.  

Under the short term incentive plan for executives, agreed annually with the Board, a predetermined 
amount of the award is settled in Performance Rights. Eligible employees are granted performance 
rights  (each  being  an  entitlement  to  an  ordinary  fully  paid  share),  subject  to  the  satisfaction  of 
vesting conditions and on the terms and conditions as determined by the Board.  

Performance Rights issued under these plans carry no voting or dividend rights and are issued for 
no consideration and have a nil exercise price. 

(b)   Foreign Currency Translation Reserve 

The  foreign  currency  translation  reserve  for  the  group  records  exchange  differences  arising  on 
translation of foreign controlled subsidiaries.  

(c)   Other Reserves  

Remeasurement  gains  and  losses  arising  from  changes  in  actuarial  assumptions  relating  to  the 
retirement benefits are recognised in the period in which they occur, directly in other comprehensive 
income. They are included in Other Reserves in the Statement of Changes in Equity. 

107 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 

21. 

SHARE BASED PAYMENTS 

The following share-based payment arrangements existed during 30 June 2020: 

(i) 

 On 16 December 2014, 3,200,000 options were issued to Australian and Philippine based employees. The 
options,  which  hold  no  voting  or  dividend  rights  have  an  expiry  date  of  16  December  2018  and  are 
exercisable at A$1.00 per option.  

Under  the  terms  of  the  Issue  the  employees  would  be  required  to  remain  in  the  employment  of  the 
Company at 16 December 2015 to achieve 30% vesting of the options, at 16 December 2016 to achieve 
30% vesting of the options, with full vesting if they remain employees of the Company a year later on 16 
December 2017.  

  At reporting date, all options had expired. 

(ii) 

On 9 February 2015, 1,000,000 options were issued to Australian and Philippine based employees. The 
options  which  hold  no  voting  or  dividend  rights  have  an  expiry  date  of  09  February  2019  and  are 
exercisable at A$1.00 per option.  

Under the terms of the Issue the employees would be required to remain in the employment of the 
Company at 9 February 2016 to achieve 30% vesting of the options, at 9 February 2017 to achieve 30% 
vesting of the options, with full vesting if they remain employees of the Company a year later on 9 
February 2018.  

At reporting date, all options had expired. 

(iii)  On 24 November 2016, 1,200,000 options were issued to Boyd Timler, the company’s previous Managing 
Director (who retired on 06 July 2018), subject to the rules of Medusa Mining Limited Share Option Plan. 
Upon his retirement, the remaining share options yet to be vested were forfeited. 

        The  options  which  hold no  voting  or  dividend  rights have  an  expiry  date  of 24  November 2020  and  are 

exercisable as follows: 

Tranche 

Options 

Exercise 
price 

Valuation per 
option 

Terms of issue 

A 

B 

C 

D 

300,000 

A$1.00 

300,000 

A$1.25 

300,000 

A$1.50 

300,000 

A$1.75 

A$0.200 

A$0.170 

A$0.147 

A$0.128 

Under  the  terms  of  the  issue,  the  employee  would  be  required  to 
remain  in  the  employment  of  the  company  at  24  November  2017  to 
achieve 30% vesting of options, at 24 November 2018 to achieve 30% 
vesting of options with full vesting if Mr Timler remains an employee of 
the  company  a  year  later  on  24  November  2019.  In  July  2018,  Mr 
Timler resigned. 

The Options were valued using a Black Scholes pricing model. The valuation per tranche was calculated 
under  this  valuation  model  (using  historical  share  price  volatility  measures)  and  applying  the  following 
inputs: 

o  Weighted average life of option - 48 months 
o  Share price volatility                   - 65% 
o  Risk free rate                              - 2.07% 
o  Dividend Yield                            - Nil  

(Medusa is currently unlikely to pay a dividend during the life of the options). 

(iv)  On 8 January 2018, 1,665,000 options were issued to Australian and Philippine based employees. The 
options which hold no voting or dividend rights have an expiry date of 8 January 2022 and are exercisable 
as follows: 

Tranche 

Options 

Exercise 
price 

Valuation per 
option 

Terms of issue 

A 

B 

C 

D 

416,250 

A$1.00 

A$0.275 

416,250 

A$1.25 

A$0.255 

416,250 

A$1.50 

A$0.239 

416,250 

A$1.75 

A$0.225 

Under  the  terms  of  the  issue,  the  employees  would  be  required  to 
remain  in  the  employment  of  the  company  at  8  January  2019  to 
achieve  30%  vesting  of  options,  at  8  January  2020  to  achieve  30% 
vesting of  options  with full vesting  if  they  remain  an  employee of  the 
company a year later on 8 January 2021. At reporting date, all options 
remain unexercised. 

The Options were valued using a Black Scholes pricing model. The valuation per tranche was calculated 
under  this  valuation  model  (using  historical  share  price  volatility  measures)  and  applying  the  following 
inputs: 

o  Weighted average life of option - 48 months 
o  Share price volatility                   - 99% 
o  Risk free rate                              - 1% 
o  Dividend Yield                            - Nil 

(Medusa is currently unlikely to pay a dividend during the life of the options). 

108 

 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 

21.      SHARE BASED PAYMENTS (continued) 

(v)    On  13  March  2020,  the  Company  issued  5,300,000  Long  Term  Performance  Rights  to  its  employees. 
Under the terms of the issue, employees would be required to remain in employment of the Company for a 
three-year vesting period, until 13 March 2023. 

The  terms  of  the  Long-Term  Incentive  Rights  include  the  following  (there  are  no  previously  issued 
Performance Rights from previous periods): 

Long Term 
Incentive 
Measures 

Financial 
measure: 

Earnings per 
share growth 

Company 
growth: 

Increase in ore 
reserves 

Long-term 
Infrastructure 
target: 

Decline 
development 

Relative total 
shareholder 
returns: 

Measure of 
Company return 
compared to 
peer group. 

Absolute total 
shareholder 
return: 

Measure of 
company return. 

Weighting 
relative to 
Total PR 
issued 

Targets 

Range of growth/change 

Percentage allocation of 
weighting 

Score mechanism 

17% 

•  Negative 

Zero 

•  0 to 5% per annum growth  

Pro rata 0% to 40% 

•  5 to 10% per annum growth 

Pro rata 40% to 100% 

pro rata  

•  Greater than 10% per 

  100% 

annum growth 

16% 

•  Negative  

Zero 

•  Depletion  replacement  to 

Pro rata 0% to 40% 

20% growth 

•  20% to 40% growth 

•  Greater than 40% 

Pro rata 40% to 100% 

100% 

17% 

•  < 70% of decline developed  

Zero 

•  70% to 85%  

•  >85% of decline  

25% 

•  Below 50th percentile 
•  At 50th percentile  
•  50th to 75th percentile 
•  Greater than 75th percentile 

25% 

•  Below 20% 

Pro rata 0% to 100% 

100% 

Zero 

50% 

Pro rata 50% to 100% 

100% 

Zero 

•  Between 20 to 50% 

Pro rata 50% to 100% 

•  Greater than 50% 

100% 

EPS calculation to exclude 
non-recurring items and 
measured as the cumulative 
annual growth rate over a 3 
year period 

Based on JORC compliant 
reports 2019 and 2022 

Based on the decline metres 
developed at end of June 
2022, based on plan to access 
level 14. 70% = 3,450 metres 
of decline, 
85% = 4,190 metres. 

Measured against Peer 
Group based on 30 day 
VWAP at the relative 
measure points at 30 June 
2019 and 30 June 2022 

Measure by comparing 30 
day VWAP at 30 June 2019 
to 30 day VWAP at 30 June 
2022 

The fair value of the non-market vesting conditions has been based on the share price of the Company at 
grant date. 

Non-market vesting conditions are included in assumptions about the number of  Performance Rights that 
are  expected  to  vest.  The  total  expense  is  recognised  over  the  vesting  period,  which  is  the  period  over 
which  all  the  specified  vesting  conditions  are  to  be  satisfied.  At  the  end  of  each  reporting  period,  the 
Company  revises  its  estimates  of  the  number  of  Performance  Rights  (and  options)  that  are  expected  to 
vest  based  on  the  non-market  vesting  conditions.  It  recognises  the  impact  of  the  revision  to  the  original 
estimates, if any, in profit and loss, with a corresponding adjustment to equity. 

The fair value of market vesting conditions has been determined at grant date by using the Monte Carlo 
Simulations pricing model that takes into account the exercise price, the term of the performance right, the 
share  price  at  grant  date,  expected  price    volatility  of  the  underlying  share  and  the  risk  free  rate  for  the 
term  of  the  performance  right.  The  expected  price  volatility  is  based  on  historic  volatility  (based  on  the 
remaining life of their performance right).  

Include  in  the  valuation  of  relative  total  shareholder  returns  is  measurement  of  the  Company  to  Peer 
companies in the gold industry. 

109 

 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 

21.     SHARE BASED PAYMENTS (continued) 

Model inputs for market performance rights valued using the Monte Carlo Simulations model  granted 
during the year include: 

o  Grant date                                  - 13 March 2020 
o  Life                                             -  3 years 
o  Share price at grant date           -  44.5 cents 
o  Share price volatility                   -  58% 
o  Risk free rate                              - 0.55% 
o  Dividend Yield                            -  Nil 
o  30 day VWAP                             - 51.76 cents 
o  Fair Value                                   - 26 cents 

(Medusa is currently unlikely to pay a dividend during the life of the Performance Rights). 

(vi)    On 17 January 2020, the Company issued 167,000 Performance Rights to its executives pursuant to 
its  Short-term  incentive  plan  based  on  the  performance of the  Company for the  year  ended  30 June 
2019. Under the terms of the issue, the executives would be required to remain in employment of the 
Company  for  a  one-year  vesting  period,  until  17  January  2021.  The  fair  value  of  the  Performance 
Rights of 61 cents has been recognised at grant date and based on the share price of the Company.  

(vii)   Total expenses arising from share-based payment transactions recognised during the period as part of 

employee benefit expenses were as follows: 

Options 

Performance Rights 

Total share-based payment expense 

     Consolidated 

2020 
US$000 

31 

127 

158 

2019 
US$000 

132 

- 

132 

Share based options  

Number of options  

Weighted average 
exercise price (A$) 

Number of options  

Weighted average 
exercise price (A$) 

2020 

2019 

Outstanding at start of year 

2,025,000 

Granted 

Forfeited 

Expired 

Exercised 

Outstanding at year end 

Exercisable at year end 

- 

200,000 

- 

- 

1,825,000 

1,359,000 

1.3157 

- 

1.6563 

- 

- 

1.2784 

1.1489 

6,030,000 

- 

840,000 

3,165,000 

- 

2,025,000 

859,500 

1.1782 

- 

1.5179 

1.0000 

- 

1.3157 

1.0417 

During the year, 200,000 options were forfeited (2019: 840,000 options) and nil options expired (2019: 
3,165,000 options). 
The options outstanding at 30 June 2020 (all of which are unlisted) had a weighted average exercise 
price of A$1.2784 and a weighted average remaining contractual life of 15.34 months. 

Performance Rights  

Number of 
performance rights  

Weighted average 
exercise price (A$) 

Number of 
performance rights  

Weighted average 
exercise price (A$) 

2020 

2019 

Outstanding at start of year 

Granted 

Forfeited 

Expired 

Exercised 

- 

5,467,000 

- 

- 

- 

Outstanding at year end 

5,467,000 

Exercisable at year end 

- 

- 

0.4529 

- 

- 

- 

0.4529 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

The performance rights outstanding at 30 June 2020 (all of which are unlisted) had a weighted average 
exercise price of A$0.4529 and a weighted average remaining contractual life of 30.47 months. 
Included  under  administration  expense  in  the  Statement  of  Profit  or  Loss  and  other  Comprehensive 
Income is US$158,387 (2019:US$131,708) and relates, in full, to equity-settled share-based payment 
transactions relating to employees. 

110 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 

22.   INVESTMENT IN SUBSIDIARIES 

The following companies are controlled entities of Medusa Mining Limited as at  30 June 2020: 

Controlled Entities 

Date of 
incorporation 

Country of 
incorporation 

  % interest held 

2020 

2019 

Medusa Exploration & Development Corporation  

29 May 2003 

Philippines 

Phsamed Mining Corporation  

Medusa Overseas Holding Corporation  

Philsaga Mining Corporation  

23 Apr 2003  

Philippines 

08 May 2003 

Philippines 

17 May 2001  

Philippines 

Mindanao Mineral Processing and Refining Corporation  

03 Nov 2005 

Philippines 

Komo Diti Traders Limited 

23 Jan 2017 

Hong Kong 

40% 

40% 

40% 

40% 

100% 

100% 

40% 

40% 

40% 

40% 

100% 

100% 

Medusa  Mining  Limited  ("Medusa")  holds  40%  of  the  issued  shares  of  Medusa  Exploration  and  Development 
Corporation  ("MEDC").      As  Medusa  has  various  agreements  in  place  and  pursuant  to  local  statutory  provisions, 
Medusa  has  effective  sole  rights  to  the  economic  returns  of  MEDC  and  its  subsidiary  companies.  In  such 
circumstances, the assets and liabilities of MEDC and its subsidiaries have been attributed 100% to the Consolidated 
Entity.  

23. 

RETAINED PROFITS AND ACCUMULATED LOSSES 

Retained profit/(loss) at start of year 

Change in accounting policy - Note 1(c) 

Net profit/(loss) attributable to members of Company 

Transfer from share option reserve 

Retained profits/(accumulated losses) at the end of year 

Consolidated 

2020 
US$000 

2019 
US$000 

14,061 

- 

35,385 

(84) 

49,362 

(21,370) 

(1,982) 

36,489 

924 

14,061 

111 

ORGANISATION CHART Philippines entities:- Mindanao Mineral Processing & Refining Corporation ("MMPRC") - Processing Company- Medusa Overseas Holding Corporation ("MOHC") - Holding Company- Medusa Exploration & Development Corporation ("MEDC") - Company providing geological services- Phsamed Mining Corporation ("Phsamed") - Mining and Exploration Company- Philsaga Mining Corporation ("PMC") - Mining and Exploration CompanyHong Kong entity:- Komo Diti Traders Limited ("KDTL") - Trading Company100%Phsamed20%MOHCKDT60%100%100%100%PMCMEDUSA MINING LIMITED80%40%MMPRC3 x Filipino DirectorsMEDC 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 

 24.    NOTES TO STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS 

(a)    Reconciliation of cash: 

For the purposes of the Statement of Cash Flows, cash includes cash on hand and short-term deposits 
at  call,  net  of  outstanding  bank  overdrafts.  Cash  at  the  end  of  the  financial  year  as  shown  in  the 
Statement  of  Cash  Flows  is  reconciled  to  the  related  items  in  the  Statement  of  Financial  Position  as 
follows: 

Cash at bank 
Cash on hand 

Total cash assets 

(b)  Reconciliation of profit /(loss) after income tax to net cash 

provided by operating activities: 

Profit/(Loss) after income tax 
add/(less) - 
Non-cash items: 

-  Depreciation/amortisation 

-  Mine rehabilitation amortisation 

-  Retirement Benefit 

-  Gain on asset disposal 

-  Exploration expenses 

-  Recognition of share-based expenses 

-  Impairment expense 

-  VAT write off 

-  Foreign exchange (gain) / loss 

-  Bad debts written off 

-  Inventory write off 

-  Income tax deferred 

-  Income tax credit/(expense) 

add/(less) - 
Changes in assets & liabilities 

-  (increase)/decrease in trade & other receivables 

-  (increase)/decrease in prepayments 

-  (increase)/decrease in inventories 

-  (decrease)/increase in trade & other payables 

-  (increase)/decrease in deferred taxes assets 

-   increase/(decrease) in deferred taxes liabilities 

Net cash provided by operating activities 

(c)  Restricted Funds 

Consolidated 

2020 
US$000 

38,814 
38 

38,852 

2019 
US$000 

18,108 
1 

18,109 

35,385 

36,489 

  20,809 

18,325 

839 

574 

1 

1,583 

158 

- 

11,546 

(77) 

159 

- 

(4,616) 

7,971 

74,332 

(6,879) 

58 

(2,740) 

(3,870) 

(4,653) 

521 

56,769 

443 

489 

- 

- 

132 

- 

10,357 

(118) 

42 

81 

(8,606) 

3,520 

61,154 

7,093 

3 

1,484 

(16,340) 

- 

(4,211) 

49,183 

The Group’s total cash assets mentioned above include restricted bank accounts as follows: 

(i) 

a rehabilitation fund of US$5,192,428 (2019: US$3,703,399) to be used at the end of life of mine 
for environmental rehabilitation. 

(ii)  an  employee  retirement  fund  of  US$1,439,587  (2019:  US$1,358,361)  established  to  meet 

employee entitlements on retirement. 

The Company has a provident fund of US$707,250 (2019: US$597,136) that is intended to be used as 
payment to employees upon retirement, which is unrestricted as to withdrawal. 

Total restricted funds amount to US$7,339,264. 

112 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 

25.    FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT 

(a)    Financial Risk Management Policies 

The Group’s financial instruments consist mainly of deposits with banks, local money market instruments, 
short-term investments, accounts receivable and payable.  

The main purpose of non-derivative financial instruments is to raise finance for Group operations. 

The Group does not speculate in the trading of derivative instruments. 

(i)     Treasury risk management 

Senior  executives  of  the  Group  regularly  analyse  financial  risk  exposure  and  evaluate  treasury 
management strategies in the context of the most recent economic conditions and forecasts. 

The Group’s overall risk management strategy is outlined in the Corporate Governance Statement in 
the Director’s Report. 

(ii)    Financial risk exposures and management 

The main risks the Group is exposed to through its financial instruments are interest rate risk, foreign 
currency risk, liquidity risk, credit risk and price risk.  

Interest rate risk 

Interest  rate  risk  is  managed  by  investing  cash  with  major  financial  institutions  in  both  cash  on 
deposit  and  term  deposit  accounts.  Interest  rates  on  major  deposits  that  are  re-invested,  are  at  a 
fixed rate on a monthly basis. 

Price risk 

The Group sells its gold produced at spot rate and no forward contracts or hedging is utilised. Whilst 
the Group is cognizant of its exposure to fluctuations in the gold price, the current policy of the Board 
is not to hedge primarily because the Group produces gold in the current economic environment at a 
very low  cash  cost.  The  Board’s  risk  management  policy  acknowledges that  as market  factors  are 
dynamic in nature all risk positions are monitored to ensure that the Group‘s activities are consistent 
with  the  approach  and  strategy  approved  by  the  Board.  The  Board  therefore  regularly  reviews  the 
spot price of gold to consider whether it should adopt any measures to mitigate risk. 

Liquidity risk 

The  Group  manages  liquidity  risk  by  monitoring  forecast  cash  flows  and  ensuring  that  adequate 
unutilised borrowing facilities are maintained. 

Credit risk 

Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty will not meet its obligations under a financial instrument or 
customer  contract,  leading  to  a  financial  loss  to  the  Company.  Credit  risk  arises  from  the  financial 
assets  of  the  Company,  which  comprise  trade  and  other  receivables  and  deposits  with  banks  and 
financial institutions. 

The  Company  manages  its  credit  risk  on  trade  receivables  and  financial  instruments  by 
predominantly  dealing  with  counterparties  with  an  investment  grade  credit  rating.  Customers  who 
wish  to  trade  on  unsecured  credit  terms  are  subject  to  credit  verification  procedures.  Receivable 
balances are monitored on an ongoing basis. As a result, the Company’s exposure to bad debts is 
not significant. Medusa’s maximum credit risk is limited to the carrying amount of its financial assets.  

At  30  June  2020  the  Company  had  a  provision  for  credit  loss  of  nil  (2019:  nil).  Subsequent  to  30 
June 2020, 100% (2019: 100%) of the trade receivables balance of nil (2019: nil) has been received. 
Credit risk from balance with banks is managed by placing funds with reputable financial institutions 
with strong investment grade credit ratings. 

Foreign currency risk 

Foreign  exchange  risk  arises  from  future  commercial  transactions  and  recognised  assets  and 
liabilities  denominated  in  a  currency  that  is  not  the  entity’s  functional  currency.  The  risk  can  be 
measured  by  performing  a  sensitivity  analysis  that  quantifies  the  impact  of  different  assumed 
exchange rates on the Group’s forecast cash flows.  

Whilst the Group is aware of its exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency, the current policy of the 
Board is not to hedge. 

113 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 

25.    FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT(continued) 

(b)    Financial instruments  

(i)  Financial instrument composition and maturity analysis 

The  tables below  reflect  the  undiscounted  contractual settlement  terms  for financial  instruments  of a 
fixed  period  of  maturity,  as  well  as  management’s  expectations of  the  settlement  period for  all  other 
financial instruments. As such, the amounts may not reconcile to the Statement of Financial Position. 

Consolidated Group 

Weighted avg 

Effective interest 

Floating interest 
rate 

Within 1 Year 

Within 1 to 5 
Years 

Non-Interest 
Bearing 

Total 

2020 

2019 

2020 

2019 

2020 

2019 

2020 

2019 

2020 

2019 

2020 

2019 

(%) 

(US$000) 

Financial Assets 

Cash & cash equivalent 

0.15 

0.16 

23,475  10,412 

Loans and receivables 

- 

- 

- 

- 

23,475  10,412 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

-  15,377 

7,697 

38,852 

18,109 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

-  15,377 

7,697 

38,852 

18,109 

Financial Liabilities 

Financial liabilities at amortised cost 

Bank Loan - Current 

5.84 

6.29 

Bank Loan - Non-current 

7.89 

7.89 

Lease Liabilities - Current 

6.03 

Lease Liabilities – Non-Current 

6.03 

Trade & sundry payables 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

5,457 

6,679 

- 

- 

296 

150 

- 

- 

- 

-  1,432 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

5,457 

6,679 

296 

532 

1,432 

150 

- 

- 

- 

- 

-  16,011  14,379 

16,011 

14,379 

5,989 

6,679  1,728 

150  16,011  14,379 

23,728 

21,208 

- 

532 

- 

- 

As at 30 June 2020 and 2019, all receivables were neither past due nor impaired. 

Trade and sundry payables are expected to be paid as follows: 

Less than 6 months 

(ii)  Net fair values 

Consolidated 

2020 
US$000 

2019 
US$000 

16,011 

14,379 

The fair value of cash and cash equivalents and non- interest bearing monetary financial assets and 
liabilities approximates their carrying value. The fair value of  financial assets and financial liabilities is 
based upon market prices where a market exists or by discounting the expected future cash flows by 
the current interest rates for assets and liabilities with similar risk profiles. 

(iii)  Sensitivity analysis 

The  Group  has  performed  sensitivity  analysis  relating  to  its  exposure  to  interest  rate  risk,  foreign 
currency risk and price risk at reporting date.  This sensitivity analysis demonstrates the effect on the 
current year results and equity, which could result from a change in these risks. 

Interest Rate Sensitivity Analysis 
At 30 June 2020, the effect on profit or equity as a result of changes in the interest rate, with all other 
variables remaining constant would be as follows: 

114 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 

25.  FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (continued) 

(b)  Financial Instruments (continued) 

(iv)  Sensitivity analysis (continued) 

Interest Rate Sensitivity Analysis (continued) 
At 30 June 2020, the effect on profit or equity as a result of changes in the interest rate, with all 
other variables remaining constant would be as follows: 

Change in profit/(loss) before income tax/equity 

-  increase in interest rate by 100 basis points 
- decrease in interest rate by 100 basis points 

Consolidated 

2020 
US$000 

253 
(253) 

2019 
US$000 

116 
(116) 

Foreign currency risk sensitivity analysis 
Foreign  exchange  risk  arises  from  future  commercial  transactions  and  recognised  assets  and 
liabilities denominated in a currency that is not the consolidated entity’s functional currency. The 
consolidated entity operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from 
the United States dollar. No programs for hedging foreign exchange risk were implemented by the 
consolidated entity in the 2019 and 2020 financial years. 

The  following  table  shows  the  foreign  currency  risk  on  the  financial  assets  and  liabilities  of  the 
Groups operations denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of the operations. 

Net Financial Assets/(Liabilities) in US$000 

A$ 

US$ 

PHP 

TOTAL US$ 

Consolidated 

2020 

Functional currency of Group Entity 

Australian Dollar 

US Dollar  

Philippine Peso 

Total 

2019 

Functional currency of Group Entity 

Australian Dollar 

US Dollar  

Philippine Peso 

Total 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

12,233 

- 

13,047 

- 

25,280 

5,805 

- 

4,209 

10,014 

Change in profit/(loss) before income tax/equity: 

-  strengthening of A$ to US$ by 15% 

-  strengthening of Philippine Peso to US$ by 15% 

Total 

-  weakening of A$ to US$ by 15% 

-  weakening of Philippine Peso to by 15% 

Total 

Price risk sensitivity analysis 

- 

459 

- 

- 

12,233 

459 

13,047 

- 

459 

25,739 

- 

524 

- 

524 

5,805 

524 

4,209 

10,538 

Consolidated 

2020 
US$000 

(1,596) 

(1,956) 

2019 
US$000 

(757) 

(630) 

(3,552) 

(1,387) 

1,596 

1,956 

3,552 

757 

630 

1,387 

The policy of the Company is to sell gold at spot price and has not entered in hedging contracts. 
The  Company’s  revenues  were  exposed  to  fluctuations  in  the  price  of  gold.  If  the  average 
selling  price  of  gold  of  US$1,569 
financial  year  had 
increased/decreased  by  10%  the  change  in  the  profit  before  income  tax  for  the  consolidated 
group would have been an increase/decrease of US$14,807 million (2019: US$13,045 million). 
The  above  interest  rate,  foreign  exchange  rate  and  price  risk  sensitivity  analysis  has  been 
performed on the assumption that all other variables remain unchanged. 

(2019:  US$1,264) 

the 

for 

115 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 

Consolidated 

2020 
US$000 

2019 
US$000 

195 

1,113 

1,308 

261 

1,113 

1,374 

26.   COMMITMENTS 

(a) 

   Exploration commitments: 

The  Group  has  certain  obligations  to  perform  minimum  exploration 
work  to  maintain  rights  of  tenure  to  its  exploration  tenements.  These 
obligations  may  vary  from  time  to  time  in  accordance  with  tenements 
held and are expected to be fulfilled in the normal course of operations 
of the Group so as to avoid forfeiture of any tenement.  
These obligations are not provided in the financial report and are payable: 

-    no later than 1 year 

-    1 year or later and no later than 5 years 

Total exploration commitments 

(b) 

Operating lease expense commitments: 

Non-cancellable  operating  lease  contracted  for  but  not  capitalised  in 
the financial statements. 
Under  the  terms of  the  operating leases, the  Group is  provided  with  a 
right  of  renewal  and  the  lessor  has  the  right  to  increments  in  lease 
payments  on  an  annual  basis  based  on  movements  in  the  Consumer 
Price Index.  
These obligations are not provided in the financial report and are payable: 

-    no later than 1 year 

-    1 year or later and no later than 5 years 

  Total operating lease expense commitments 

- 

- 

- 

85 

363 

448 

From 1 Jul 2019, the Group has recognised a right-of-use asset for this lease. 

(c) 

   Other contractual commitments: 

(i)  On  26  March  2008,  Philsaga  was  granted  Mineral  Production 
Sharing Agreement  (“MPSA”) number 262-2008-XIII  over  the  Co-
O mine. Under the terms of the Agreement Philsaga is committed 
to mine related expenditure in the Philippines as follows: 
These obligations are not provided in the financial report and are payable: 

-    no later than 1 year 

-    1 year or later and no later than 5 years 

Total other contractual commitments 

853 

214 

1,067 

1,437 

1,013 

2,450 

(ii)  On  24  November  2009  Philsaga  was  granted  Mineral  Production 
Sharing  Agreement  (“MPSA”)  number  299-2009-XIII  over  the  Co-O 
mine.  Under  the  terms  of  the  Agreement  Philsaga  is  committed  to 
mine related expenditure in the Philippines as follows: 
These  obligations  are  not  provided  in  the  financial  report  and  are 
payable: 

-    no later than 1 year 

-    1 year or later and no later than 5 years 

Total other contractual commitments 

68 

236 

304 

76 

243 

319 

27.  CONTINGENT LIABILITIES 

   The  parent  entity  on  behalf  of  its  subsidiary  Komo  Diti  Traders  Limited  has  provided  a  performance 
guarantee to its customer Heraeus Limited amounting to no more than US$9,800,000 for any deficiency 
in  the  subsidiary’s  obligations  and  liabilities  under  the  Refining  &  Transportation  Agreement  with 
Heraeus Limited. 

   The parent entity has a bank guarantee of AUD$83,630 with the Commonwealth Bank of Australia for its 
head office premises. In the event that it is unable to fulfil its rental obligation with the landlord, the bank 
shall release the funds for settlement. 

116 

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 

28.  RELATED PARTIES 

Related parties’ transactions of Medusa Mining Limited fall into the following categories:  

Key Management Personnel related parties 

The following were key management personnel of the Group at any time during the reporting period and 
unless otherwise indicated were key management personnel for the entire period.  

Directors:  

Non-Executive Directors -  

Andrew Teo (Chairperson); 

Roy Daniel; and 

Simon Mottram (appointed Non-Executive Director on 11 June 2020). 

Executive Directors - 

Raul Villanueva. 

Executive Officers: 

David McGowan (Chief Executive Officer - ceased employment on 20 July 2020); 

Peter Alphonso (Chief Financial Officer/Company Secretary); and 

James Llorca (General Manager, Geology & Resources). 

Details of Key Management Personnel’s remuneration, shareholdings and option holdings are set out  in 
the Remuneration Report section of the Directors’ Report. 

Key management personnel compensation: 

Short term employee benefits 

Post-employment benefits 

Long-term benefits 

Equity-settled share-based payments 

Termination benefits 

Total 

Consolidated 

2020 
US$000 

2019 
US$000 

1,495 

1,485 

52 

8 

53 

- 

1,608 

53 

6 

88 

277 

1,909 

Detailed remuneration disclosures are provided in the remuneration section of the Directors’ report.  

29.  EVENTS SUBSEQUENT TO REPORTING DATE 

•   Chief  Executive  Officer  (“CEO”)  Mr  David  McGowan,  ceased  employment  on  20  July  2020.  Non- 

Executive Chairman Mr Andrew Teo assumed the role of Interim CEO. 

•    The Company announced to the ASX on 28 August 2020, production guidance for FY21 of between 
90,000  ounces  to  95,000  ounces  at  All-In-Sustaining-Costs  (“AISC”)  of  between  US$1,200  to 
US$1,250 per ounce. 

The  slight  increase  in  year-on-year  AISC  for  FY21  has  been  anticipated,  after  taking  into  account 
the ongoing impact of COVID-19 restrictions to people movement, logistics and associated costs. 

Except for the above, subsequent to Balance Date, there has not arisen in the interval between the end 
of the financial year and the date of this report any other item, transaction or event of a material and/or 
unusual nature likely, in the opinion of the directors of the Company, to affect significantly the operations 
of the Group, the results of those operations, or the state of affairs of the Group in subsequent financial 
years. 

117 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 

30.  SEGMENT INFORMATION   

The Consolidated Group has identified its reportable operating segments based on the internal management 
reports  that  are  reviewed  and  used  by  the  Managing  Director/Chief  Executive  Officer  (the  chief  operating 
decision  maker)  and  his  management  team  in  assessing  performance  and  in  determining  the  allocation  of 
resources. 

The Group segments are structured as Mining, Exploration and Other. Currently the only operational mine is 
the Co-O mine. Other incorporates the Parent Entity’s activities 

Segment Result, Segment Assets and Segment Liabilities 

The  measurement  of  segment  results  is  in  line  with  the  basis  of  information  presented  to  management  for 
internal management reporting purposes.  

Segment Result is based on the net of revenues and expenditure corresponding to the specific segment.  

Segment Revenues represent gold and silver sales at spot prices. 

Segments Assets are allocated to segments based on their nature and physical location. 

Segment  Liabilities  are  allocated  to  segments  where  there  is  a  direct  nexus  between  the  incurrence  of  the 
liability and the operations of the segment. Segment Liabilities include trade and other payables. 

The  following  items of  revenue,  expenses,  assets and  liabilities  are not  allocated  to  operating  segments, as 
they are not considered part of the core operations of any segment: 

income tax expense; 

- 
-  gain on disposal of assets; 
-  deferred tax assets and liabilities; 
- 
- 

interest revenue; 
intercompany receivables and payables.  

12 months to June 2020: 

Segment Revenue 

Reconciliation of segment revenue to group revenue 

add: 

Interest revenue 

Forex realised 

Group revenue 

Segment Result 

Reconciliation of segment result to group result: 

Mining 

US$000 

147,829 

- 

- 

147,829 

Exploration 

US$000 

Other 

US$000 

Total 

US$000 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

147,829 

130 

79 

209 

130 

79 

148,038 

3,611 

(1,624) 

(5,837) 

(3,850) 

add back: 

Forex realised  

Interest revenue 

Depreciation 

Amortisation 

Exploration write off 

Bad debts write off 

VAT write off 

Share based expense 

Retirement expense 

Income tax expense 

Asset write off 

Group profit/(loss) 

Segment Assets 

Reconciliation of segment asset to group assets: 

plus: Deferred tax assets 

Total group assets 

Segment Liabilities 

plus: Deferred tax liabilities 

Total group liabilities 

- 

- 

7,177 

14,463 

- 

16 

11,546 

- 

574 

- 

1 

154,443 

23,080 

30,765 

257 

118 

- 

- 

- 

- 

1,583 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

50 

- 

36 

- 

79 

130 

9 

- 

- 

143 

- 

158 

- 

3,356 

- 

79 

130 

7,186 

14,463 

1,583 

159 

11,546 

158 

574 

3,356 

1 

35,385 

12,889 

167,382 

- 

983 

- 

23,080 

190,462 

31,784 

257 

32,041 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 

30.  SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued) 

12 months to June 2019: 

Segment Revenue 

Reconciliation of segment revenue to group revenue 

add: 

Interest revenue 

Group revenue 

Segment Result 

Reconciliation of segment result to group result: 

add back: 

Interest revenue 

Forex realised 

Depreciation 

Amortisation 

Exploration write off 

Bad debts write off 

VAT write off 

Inventory write off 

Asset write off 

Impairment 

Income tax expense / (benefit) 

Group profit/(loss) 

Segment Assets 

Reconciliation of segment asset to group assets: 

plus: Deferred tax assets 

Total group assets 

Segment Liabilities 

Reconciliation of segment liabilities to group liabilities  

plus: Deferred tax liabilities 

Total group liabilities 

Mining 

US$000 

129,320 

- 

Exploration 

US$000 

Other 

US$000 

Total 

US$000 

- 

 129,320 

- 

- 

282 

9,329 

(767) 

1,789 

- 

- 

3,943 

14,813 

- 

43 

10,357 

80 

6 

- 

- 

38,571 

126,563 

18,427 

26,410 

778 

- 

- 

- 

- 

1,688 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

921 

74 

- 

29 

- 

164 

118 

12 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

 (5,086) 

(3,003) 

7,003 

- 

1,108 

- 

282 

129,602 

10,351 

164 

118 

3,955 

14,813 

1,688 

43 

10,357 

80 

6 

- 

(5,086) 

36,489 

133,640 

18,427 

152,067 

27,547 

778 

28,325 

Total 

US$000 

    Revenue & non-current assets by geographical region 

Australia 

Philippines 

Hong Kong 

US$000 

US$000 

US$000 

12 months to June 2020: 

Segment Revenue 

Non-Current Assets 

12 months to June 2019: 

Segment Revenue 

Non-Current Assets 

- 

404 

- 

697 

- 

147,829 

125,313 

- 

147,829 

125,717 

- 

129,320 

114,545 

- 

129,320 

115,242 

All gold and silver sales have been produced from the Co-O mine in the Philippines and were sold to one 
customer. 

Gold and silver sales are recognised in the mining segment as there has been no active trading of gold in 
the current year. Sales revenues in the mining segment represent sales of refined product from the Co-O 
Mine. 

In  accordance  with  AASB  8  disclosure  requirements  Non-Current  Assets  shown  in  geographical 
information  include  tangible  and  intangible  assets  but  exclude  financial  instruments, deferred  tax  assets, 
post-employment benefit assets and rights arising under insurance contracts. 

The Group sells its gold on the open market. Selection of a customer is at the Group’s discretion and there 
is  no  commitment  to  exclusive  sales  to  a  particular  customer.  During  the  financial  year  ended  30  June 
2020, all of the Group's revenues depended on a single customer (2019:100%). 

119 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 

31.   PARENT COMPANY INFORMATION 

Parent Entity: 

Current Assets 

Total Assets 

Current Liabilities 

Total Liabilities 

Net Assets 

Issued capital 

Option premium reserve 

Foreign exchange reserve 

Accumulated losses 

Dividends paid 

Total Equity 

Profit/(Loss) for the year 

Total Comprehensive Profit/(Loss) 

2020 
US$000 

2019 
US$000 

12,485 

27,792 

678 

982 

6,306 

29,299 

1,108 

1,108 

26,810 

28,191 

102,902 

102,902 

444 

202 

11,894 

11,894 

(46,161) 

(44,538) 

(42,269) 

(42,269) 

26,810 

28,191 

(1,539) 

(1,539) 

(918) 

(918) 

On adoption of AASB 9 Financial Instruments the financial impact of applying the expected loss impairment 
model to loans provided to subsidiaries was nil.  

32.  COMPANY DETAILS 

The registered office and principal place of business of the Company is: 

Suite A, Level 1 
1 Preston Street 
Como 
Western Australia 6152 

120 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTOR’S DECLARATION 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 

1.

In the opinion of the Directors’ of Medusa Mining Limited:

a) The consolidated financial statements and notes of Medusa Mining Limited are in accordance with the

Corporations Act 2001, including:

(i) Giving a true and fair view of its financial position as at 30 June 2020 and of its performance for

the financial year ended on that date; and

(ii) Complying  with  Australian  Accounting  Standards 

the  Australian  Accounting
Interpretations),  the  Corporations  Regulations  2001  and  other  mandatory  professional  reporting
requirements: and

(including 

b) There are reasonable grounds to believe that Medusa Mining Limited will be able to pay its debts as

and when they become due and payable.

2. The Directors have been given the declarations required by Section 295A of the  Corporations Act 2001

from the Chairman and Chief Financial Officer for the financial year ended 30 June 2020.

3. Note  1  confirms  that  the  consolidated  financial  statements  also  comply  with  International  Financial

Reporting Standards.

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors 

Andrew Teo 

Chairperson 

Dated the 31st  day of August 2020 

121 

Tel: +61 8 6382 4600
Fax: +61 8 6382 4601
www.bdo.com.au

38 Station Street
Subiaco, WA 6008
PO Box 700 West Perth WA 6872
Australia

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT

To the members of Medusa Mining Limited

Report on the Audit of the Financial Report

Opinion

We have audited the financial report of Medusa Mining Limited (the Company) and its subsidiaries (the
Group), which comprises the consolidated statement of financial position as at 30 June 2020, the
consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, the consolidated statement
of changes in equity and the consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended, and notes
to the financial report, including a summary of significant accounting policies and the directors’
declaration.

In our opinion the accompanying financial report of the Group, is in accordance with the Corporations
Act 2001, including:

(i)

Giving a true and fair view of the Group’s financial position as at 30 June 2020 and of its
financial performance for the year ended on that date; and

(ii)

Complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001.

Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards.  Our responsibilities under
those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the Financial
Report section of our report.  We are independent of the Group in accordance with the Corporations
Act 2001 and the ethical requirements of the Accounting Professional and Ethical Standards Board’s
APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (including Independence Standards) (the Code)
that are relevant to our audit of the financial report in Australia.  We have also fulfilled our other
ethical responsibilities in accordance with the Code.

We confirm that the independence declaration required by the Corporations Act 2001, which has been
given to the directors of the Company, would be in the same terms if given to the directors as at the
time of this auditor’s report.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis
for our opinion.

Key audit matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in
our audit of the financial report of the current period.  These matters were addressed in the context of

our audit of the financial report as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide
a separate opinion on these matters.

BDO Audit (WA) Pty Ltd ABN 79 112 284 787 is a member of a national association of independent entities which are all members of BDO Australia Ltd ABN 77 050 110 275,
an Australian company limited by guarantee. BDO Audit (WA) Pty Ltd and BDO Australia Ltd are members of BDO International Ltd, a UK company limited by guarantee, and
form part of the international BDO network of independent member firms. Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.

122

Carrying Value of Group’s Co-O mining operations (CGU) 30 June 2020

Key audit matter

How the matter was addressed in our audit

The Group’s carrying value of its Co-O mining
operations (CGU) is included in property, plant
and equipment (note 10) and development
expenditure (note 11).

The carrying value of mine properties is impacted
by various key estimates and judgements in
particular:

· Ore Reserves and estimates;

·

·

·

·

Amortisation rates;

Discount rate;

Assumed gold price;

Capitalisation of mining costs; and

· Mine planning.

The Group is also required to assess for indicators
of impairment at each reporting period. The
assessment of impairment indicators in relation
to the mine assets requires management to make
significant accounting judgements and estimates
which includes discount rates, commodity price
and ore reserve estimates.

This is a key audit matter due to the quantum of
the Co-O asset and the significant judgement
involved in management’s assessment of the
carrying value of the CGU. Refer to the
significant estimates and judgements used by
management in assessing the discounted future
cash flows as disclosed in note 12.

We evaluated management’s impairment model
for the Co-O mining operations (CGU) by
challenging the key estimates and assumptions
used by management in arriving at their
assessment.  Our work included but was not
limited to the following procedures:

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

analysing management’s gold price
assumptions against external market
information and trends, to determine
whether a significant change would impact
the value of the asset;

performing a site visit to the CO-O mine
during the year;

challenging the appropriateness of
management’s  reserves estimate by
assessing the significant assumptions,
methods and source data used by
management’s expert in estimating the
reserves.  This included both meeting with
management’s expert and assessing the
competency and objectivity of
management’s expert;

evaluating forecasted production and
operating costs against the Board approved
mine plan;

challenging the appropriateness of
management’s discount rate used in the
impairment model in conjunction with our
internal valuation experts;

challenging management’s sensitivity
assessment by performing our own
sensitivity analysis in respect of the key
assumptions to indicate if there would be a
significant change to the value of the asset;

reviewing and challenging management’s
methodology on the amortisation
calculation;

assessing the adequacy of the related
disclosures in note 12 to the financial
report.

123

Other information

The directors are responsible for the other information.  The other information comprises the
information contained in the Directors’ report for the year ended 30 June 2020, but does not include
the financial report and our auditor’s report thereon, which we obtained prior to the date of this
auditor’s report, and the annual report, which is expected to be made available to us after that date.

Our opinion on the financial report does not cover the other information and we do not express any
form of assurance conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial report, our responsibility is to read the other information
identified above and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent
with the financial report or our knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise appears to be materially
misstated.

If, based on the work we have performed on the other information that we obtained prior to the date
of this auditor’s report, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information,
we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.

When we read the annual report, if we conclude that there is a material misstatement therein, we are
required to communicate the matter to the directors and will request that it is corrected.  If it is not
corrected, we will seek to have the matter appropriately brought to the attention of users for whom
our report is prepared.

Responsibilities of the directors for the Financial Report

The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation of the financial report that gives a
true and fair view in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Act 2001
and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of the
financial report that gives a true and fair view and is free from material misstatement, whether due to
fraud or error.

In preparing the financial report, the directors are responsible for assessing the ability of the group to
continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the
going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the Group or to cease
operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the Financial Report

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial report as a whole is free
from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that
includes our opinion.  Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an
audit conducted in accordance with the Australian Auditing Standards will always detect a material
misstatement when it exists.  Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material
if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic
decisions of users taken on the basis of this financial report.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial report is located at the
Auditing and Assurance Standards Board website (http://www.auasb.gov.au/Home.aspx) at:

https://www.auasb.gov.au/admin/file/content102/c3/ar1_2020.pdf

This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

124

Report on the Remuneration Report

Opinion on the Remuneration Report

We have audited the Remuneration Report included in pages 57 to 73 of the directors’ report for the
year ended 30 June 2020.

In our opinion, the Remuneration Report of Medusa Mining Limited, for the year ended 30 June 2020,
complies with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001.

Responsibilities

The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation and presentation of the
Remuneration Report in accordance with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001.  Our responsibility
is to express an opinion on the Remuneration Report, based on our audit conducted in accordance with
Australian Auditing Standards.

BDO Audit (WA) Pty Ltd

Neil Smith

Director

Perth, 31 August 2020

125

ADDITIONAL SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION 

The shareholder information set out below was applicable as at 15 September 2020 

1.

Shareholding

(a) Distribution of shareholders and shares

Distribution 

1 

- 1,000

1,001 

- 5,000

5,001 

- 10,000

10,001 

-  100,000 

1,000,000 and over 

   Total 

Number of 
shareholders 

Number of shares 

1,188 

1,208 

418 

552 

66 

3,432 

522,979 

3,176,608 

3,167,115 

16,122,832 

184,804,767 

207,794,301 

The number of shareholdings held in less than marketable parcels is 752 

(b) Voting rights

The voting rights attaching to ordinary shares are, on a show of hands, every member present in person or
by proxy shall have one vote and upon a poll, each share shall have a vote.

(c) Twenty largest shareholders

Total number of ordinary shares on issue - 207,794,301

Name of shareholders 

1. 

2. 

HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED 

J P MORGAN NOMINEES AUSTRALIA PTY LIMITED 

Number of 
shares held 

(%) 

66,142,195 

31.83 

26,711,014 

12.85 

3.  MERRILL LYNCH (AUSTRALIA) NOMINEES PTY LIMITED  

21,865,427 

10.52 

4. 

5. 

CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED 

BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD  

6.  MR CARL ERIC HOLT + MRS LORRAINE HOLT  

7. 

8. 

9. 

AMALGAMATED DAIRIES LIMITED 

BERNE NO 132 NOMINEES PTY LTD <594138 A/C> 

NEWECONOMY COM AU NOMINEES PTY LIMITED <900 ACCOUNT> 

10.  BNP PARIBAS NOMS PTY LTD  

11.  MR SAMUEL GONZALES AFDAL 

12.  HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED 

13.  CS THIRD NOMINEES PTY LIMITED  

14.  MERRILL LYNCH (AUSTRALIA) NOMINEES PTY LIMITED 

15.  NATIONAL NOMINEES LIMITED 

16.  OZLEXA PTY LTD  

17.  RIVERLOW PTY LTD  

19,488,889 

12,003,669 

4,093,328 

3,296,881 

2,591,880 

2,520,205 

2,455,229 

2,260,000 

1,809,370 

1,563,291 

1,446,476 

1,148,568 

1,000,000 

932,732 

18.  MR ROY PHILIP DANIEL + MRS DONNA MARY DANIEL  

815,875 

19.  FULTON SECURITIES PTY LTD  

20.  JD FAMILY INVESTMENT NOMINEES PTY LTD  

800,000 

751,922 

9.38 

5.78 

1.97 

1.59 

1.25 

1.21 

1.18 

1.09 

0.87 

0.75 

0.70 

0.55 

0.48 

0.45 

0.39 

0.38 

0.36 

Total: Top 20 holders of Ordinary Fully Paid Shares 

Total: Remaining Holder Balance 

Total: Ordinary Fully Paid Shares 

173,696,951 

83.59 

34,097,350 

16.41 

207,794,301 

100.00 

(d) On market buy back

There is no current on-market buy back.

126 

ADDITIONAL SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION 

1.

Shareholding (continued)

(e) Substantial shareholders

An extract of the Company’s register of substantial shareholders is set out below:

Name 

Ruffer LLP 

Arbiter Partners Capital Management LLP 

Paradice Investment Management Pty Ltd 

Ordinary shares held 

Number of shares 

(%) 

33,477,713 

31,045,518 

11,55,331 

16.11% 

14.94% 

5.56% 

2.

Unquoted Equity Securities and Restricted Securities

The following classes of unquoted equity securities and restricted securities are on issue:

Type of securities 

Number of securities 

(%) 

• 360,000 unquoted options (comprising of 4 equal tranches of 90,000
options  per  tranche)  to  subscribe  for  ordinary  shares  exercisable  at
the  following  tranche  prices  of  $1.00,  $1.25,  $1.50  and  $1.75  per
share respectively, with an expiry date of 24 November 2020 

Persons holding 20% or more;

Boyd Timler

• 1,,465,000  unquoted  options  (comprising  of  4  equal  tranches  of
416,250  options  per  tranche)  to  subscribe  for  ordinary  shares
exercisable at the following tranche prices of $1.00, $1.25, $1.50 and
$1.75 per share respectively, with an expiry date of 08 January 2022

Persons holding 20% or more;

James Llorca
David McGowan

• 79,000 short  term  incentive  (“STI”)  performance  rights  were  granted
at a share price of $0.89, and subject to the satisfaction of remaining
as  employees  and  any  adjustments  in  accordance  with  the  rules  of
the Executive Incentive Plan.

The STIs will automatically vest on 21 January 2021.

Persons holding 20% or more;

360,000 

100% 

500,000 
300,000 

20% 
34% 

Peter Alphonso
James Llorca

42,000 
37,000 

53% 
47% 

• 4,340,000  long  term  incentive  (“LTI”)  performance  rights  were
granted. 50% being non-market, valued at a share price of $0.45 and
50% being market, valued using the Monte Carlo Simulation Model.

All LTIs are subject to the satisfaction of remaining as employees and
any  adjustments  in  accordance  with  the  rules  of  the  Executive
Incentive Plan.

The LTIs will automatically vest on 13 March 2023.

Persons holding 20% or more;

-

- 

- 

3.

The name of the Company Secretary is:

Mr Peter Stanley Alphonso

4.

The Principal Registered Office of the Company is:

Suite A, Level 1
1 Preston Street
Como, WA  6152
Australia

Telephone:  +618 9474 1330
Email: 
Website:        www.medusamining.com.au

admin@medusamining.com.au

127 

ADDITIONAL SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION 

5. 

The Register of the Company’s securities is held at the following address: 

Computershare Investor Services Pty Limited 

Level 11 
172 St George’s Terrace 
Perth, WA 6000 
Australia 

Telephone: +618 9323 2000 
Facsimile:   +618 9323 2033 
Investor enquiries: 1300 557 010 

6. 

Stock Exchange Listings 

Quotation has been granted for all the ordinary shares of the Company on the Australian Stock Exchange. 

▪  Trading quote: MML 

128 

 
 
TENEMENT SCHEDULE 
as at 30 June 2020 

 Name  

Tenement ID  

Registered 
Holder 

Company’s Interest as at 

Royalty 1 

Area (hectares) as at 

30 June 2019 

30 June 2020 

30 June 2019 

30 June 2020 

Co-O Mine 

MPSA 262-2008-XIII  PMC 

MPSA 299-2009-XIII  PMC 

Co-O 

APSA 00012-XIII 
APSA 00088-XIII 
APSA 00098-XIII 
APSA 00099-XIII 

Saugon 

EP 017-XIII 

EPA 00066-XIII 
EPA 00069-XIII (2) 
EPA 00087-XIII (2) 

BMMRC 

Phsamed 

Philcord 

Philcord 

PMC 

PMC 

Phsamed 

PMC 

MPSA 344-2010-XIII  Philex 

Tambis 

Apical 

Corplex 

APSA 00054-XIII 

APSA 00056-XIII 

APSA 00077-XIII 

EPA 00186-XIII 

Corplex 

Corplex 

Corplex 

Corplex 

Sinug-ang 

EPA 00114-XIII 

Salcedo/PMC 

Notes: 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

- 

- 

- 

- 

1% NPI 

1% NPI 

- 

- 

- 

- 

7% NSR 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

3% NSR 

- 

4% GSR 

3% GSR 

- 

2,539 

2,200 

340 

4,742 

507 

592 

3,132 

6,769 

2,519 

87 

6,208 

1,235 

2,118 

162 

810 

7,111 

190 

2,539 

2,200 

340 
4,742 
507 
592 

3,132 

6,769 

2,540 

85 

6,208 

1,235 

2,118 

162 

810 

7,111 

190 

APSA 00028-XIII 

Apmedoro 

Earning 70% (JV) 

- 

1. Royalties payable to registered holders, aside from the prescribed royalties’ payable to the Philippine government and the indigenous people. 

2. Awaiting approval and confirmation by MGB of area reduction. 

ABBREVIATIONS: 

Tenement Types 

MPSA 

Granted Mineral Production Sharing Agreement 

EP 

Granted Exploration Permit 

APSA 

EPA 

Application for Mineral Production Sharing Agreement 

Application for Exploration Permit 

Registered Holders 

PMC 

Philsaga Mining Corporation 

Philex 

Philex Gold Philippines Incorporated 

BMMRC 

Base Metals Mineral & Resources Corporation 

Das-Agan 

Das-Agan Mining Corporation 

Phsamed  Phsamed Mining Corporation 

Apmedoro 

APMEDORO Mining Corporation  

Philcord 

Mindanao Philcord Mining Corporation 

Salcedo  

Neptali P. Salcedo  

Corplex 

Corplex Resources Incorporated 

Royalty 

NPI 

NSR 

Net Profit Interest 

Net Smelter Royalty 

GSR 

Gross Smelter Royalty 

129 

 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MEDUSA MINING LTD
ABN: 60 099 377 849

Suite 1, Level 1 
1 Preston Street, Como WA 6152

PO Box 122
South Perth WA 6951

Tel: 61 8 9474 1330
Email: admin@medusamining.com.au
Website: www.medusamining.comau